SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Uci Holdings Ltd – ‘20-F’ for 12/31/14

On:  Wednesday, 3/4/15, at 4:35pm ET   ·   For:  12/31/14   ·   Accession #:  1193125-15-76879   ·   File #:  333-173626

Previous ‘20-F’:  ‘20-F’ on 3/4/14 for 12/31/13   ·   Latest ‘20-F’:  This Filing

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 3/04/15  Uci Holdings Ltd                  20-F       12/31/14  125:15M                                    Donnelley … Solutions/FA

Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer   —   Form 20-F   —   Sect. 13 / 15(d) – SEA’34
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 20-F        Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer      HTML   1.34M 
 3: EX-8.1      Opinion of Counsel re: Tax Matters                  HTML     39K 
 6: EX-13.1     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML     37K 
 7: EX-13.2     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML     37K 
 2: EX-7.1      Letter re: Non-Reliance on a Previously Issued      HTML     50K 
                Audit Report or Completed Interim Review                         
 4: EX-12.1     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     41K 
 5: EX-12.2     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     41K 
82: R1          Document and Entity Information                     HTML     63K 
61: R2          Consolidated Balance Sheets                         HTML    163K 
77: R3          Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income     HTML    120K 
                (Loss)                                                           
87: R4          Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income     HTML     40K 
                (Loss) (Parenthetical)                                           
113: R5          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows               HTML    151K  
64: R6          Consolidated Statements of Changes in               HTML     70K 
                Shareholder's Equity                                             
76: R7          General and Summary of Significant Accounting       HTML     72K 
                Policies                                                         
55: R8          Restructuring Costs, Net                            HTML     69K 
44: R9          Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                     HTML     43K 
115: R10         Sales of Receivables                                HTML     40K  
89: R11         Inventories                                         HTML     49K 
88: R12         Property, Plant and Equipment                       HTML     48K 
95: R13         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets                HTML     73K 
96: R14         Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities      HTML     45K 
93: R15         Product Returns Liability                           HTML     46K 
97: R16         Debt                                                HTML     87K 
78: R17         Income Taxes                                        HTML    104K 
83: R18         Employee Benefit Plans                              HTML    147K 
91: R19         Commitments and Contingencies                       HTML     61K 
124: R20         Related Party Transactions                          HTML     74K  
106: R21         Geographic Information                              HTML     51K  
70: R22         Fair Value Accounting                               HTML     51K 
90: R23         Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss                HTML     63K 
73: R24         Miscellaneous, Net                                  HTML     44K 
34: R25         Other Information                                   HTML     42K 
107: R26         Concentration of Risk                               HTML     42K  
120: R27         Quarterly Financial Information                     HTML     56K  
49: R28         Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Statements    HTML    326K 
48: R29         General and Summary of Significant Accounting       HTML    135K 
                Policies (Policies)                                              
53: R30         Restructuring Costs, Net (Tables)                   HTML     60K 
54: R31         Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Tables)            HTML     43K 
56: R32         Inventories (Tables)                                HTML     50K 
23: R33         Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)              HTML     45K 
104: R34         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)       HTML     69K  
68: R35         Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities      HTML     44K 
                (Tables)                                                         
71: R36         Product Returns Liability (Tables)                  HTML     43K 
39: R37         Debt (Tables)                                       HTML     69K 
123: R38         Income Taxes (Tables)                               HTML    109K  
14: R39         Employee Benefit Plans (Tables)                     HTML    154K 
58: R40         Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)              HTML     42K 
111: R41         Related Party Transactions (Tables)                 HTML     70K  
36: R42         Geographic Information (Tables)                     HTML     54K 
47: R43         Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (Tables)       HTML     62K 
52: R44         Miscellaneous, Net (Tables)                         HTML     43K 
62: R45         Other Information (Tables)                          HTML     40K 
22: R46         Quarterly Financial Information (Tables)            HTML     59K 
43: R47         Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Statements    HTML    328K 
                (Tables)                                                         
16: R48         General and Summary of Significant Accounting       HTML     65K 
                Policies - Additional Information (Detail)                       
109: R49         Restructuring Costs, Net - Components of            HTML     64K  
                Restructuring Costs, Net (Detail)                                
35: R50         Restructuring Costs, Net - Additional Information   HTML    135K 
                (Detail)                                                         
105: R51         Restructuring Costs, Net - Summary of Activities    HTML     79K  
                in Accrued Restructuring Reserves, Including                     
                Pension Obligations and Property, Plant and                      
                Equipment (Detail)                                               
40: R52         Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - Changes in        HTML     48K 
                Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (Detail)                         
59: R53         Sales of Receivables - Additional Information       HTML     48K 
                (Detail)                                                         
15: R54         Inventories - Components of Inventories (Detail)    HTML     50K 
19: R55         Inventories - Changes in Holdings' Allowance for    HTML     51K 
                Excess and Obsolete Inventory (Detail)                           
51: R56         Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, Plant     HTML     64K 
                and Equipment (Detail)                                           
27: R57         Property, Plant and Equipment - Additional          HTML     52K 
                Information (Detail)                                             
116: R58         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Changes in   HTML     42K  
                Goodwill (Detail)                                                
66: R59         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Additional   HTML     50K 
                Information (Detail)                                             
94: R60         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Components   HTML     97K 
                of Other Intangible Assets (Detail)                              
42: R61         Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets - Estimated    HTML     55K 
                Amortization Expense Related to Acquired                         
                Intangible Assets and Integrated Software System                 
                (Detail)                                                         
45: R62         Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities -    HTML     68K 
                Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities                   
                (Detail)                                                         
102: R63         Product Returns Liability - Additional Information  HTML     49K  
                (Detail)                                                         
98: R64         Product Returns Liability - Changes in Holdings'    HTML     48K 
                Product Returns Accrual (Detail)                                 
69: R65         Debt - Summarized Debt (Detail)                     HTML     64K 
100: R66         Debt - Additional Information (Detail)              HTML    168K  
41: R67         Debt - Redemption Prices of Senior Notes            HTML     42K 
                (Expressed as Percentages of Principal Amount)                   
                (Detail)                                                         
74: R68         Debt - Schedule of Future Repayments of Debt        HTML     56K 
                Outstanding (Detail)                                             
119: R69         Debt - Summary of Net Interest Expense (Detail)     HTML     72K  
18: R70         Income Taxes - Components of (Loss) Income Before   HTML     47K 
                Income Taxes (Detail)                                            
33: R71         Income Taxes - Components of Income Tax (Benefit)   HTML     78K 
                Expense (Detail)                                                 
60: R72         Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Income Taxes       HTML     68K 
                Computed at United States Federal Statutory Tax                  
                Rate to Income Tax (Benefit) Expense (Detail)                    
25: R73         Income Taxes - Components of Deferred Taxes         HTML    110K 
                (Detail)                                                         
122: R74         Income Taxes - Summary of Net Deferred Tax Assets   HTML     47K  
                (Liabilities) (Detail)                                           
37: R75         Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail)      HTML     99K 
28: R76         Income Taxes - Changes in Holdings' Valuation       HTML     55K 
                Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets (Detail)                       
32: R77         Income Taxes - Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax   HTML     50K 
                Benefits (Detail)                                                
20: R78         Employee Benefit Plans - Obligation and Funded      HTML     99K 
                Status (Detail)                                                  
24: R79         Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information     HTML    158K 
                (Detail)                                                         
85: R80         Employee Benefit Plans - Accumulated Other          HTML     58K 
                Comprehensive Loss (Detail)                                      
30: R81         Employee Benefit Plans - Component of Net Periodic  HTML     79K 
                Pension Expense and Post-Retirement Benefit Cost                 
                (Detail)                                                         
117: R82         Employee Benefit Plans - Assumptions Used in        HTML     54K  
                Determine Benefit Obligation and Net Periodic                    
                Pension Expenses (Detail)                                        
57: R83         Employee Benefit Plans - Strategic Target and       HTML     60K 
                Permitted Range of Holdings (Detail)                             
92: R84         Employee Benefit Plans - Fair Value of Plan Assets  HTML    100K 
                (Detail)                                                         
99: R85         Employee Benefit Plans - Changes in Plan Assets     HTML     46K 
                (Detail)                                                         
29: R86         Employee Benefit Plans - Future Expected Pension    HTML     54K 
                Benefit Payments (Detail)                                        
31: R87         Employee Benefit Plans - Information for            HTML     68K 
                Post-Retirement Plans (Detail)                                   
114: R88         Employee Benefit Plans - Obligation (Detail)        HTML     49K  
26: R89         Employee Benefit Plans - Assumptions Used in        HTML     50K 
                Determine Benefit Obligations and Net Periodic                   
                Post-Retirement Plan Expense (Detail)                            
86: R90         Employee Benefit Plans - Expected Future            HTML     54K 
                Post-Retirement Benefit Payments (Detail)                        
81: R91         Commitments and Contingencies - Schedule of Future  HTML     58K 
                Minimum Payments under Operating Leases (Detail)                 
103: R92         Commitments and Contingencies - Additional          HTML    179K  
                Information (Detail)                                             
80: R93         Related Party Transactions - Nature and Amounts of  HTML    109K 
                Transactions Entered into with Related Parties                   
                (Detail)                                                         
65: R94         Related Party Transactions - Nature and Amounts of  HTML     60K 
                Transactions Entered into with Related Parties                   
                (Parenthetical) (Detail)                                         
108: R95         Geographic Information - Net Sales by Region        HTML     78K  
                (Detail)                                                         
63: R96         Geographic Information - Net Long-lived Assets by   HTML     52K 
                Region (Detail)                                                  
38: R97         Fair Value Accounting - Additional Information      HTML     65K 
                (Detail)                                                         
72: R98         Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss - Changes in   HTML     69K 
                Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by Component                
                (Detail)                                                         
67: R99         Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss -              HTML     57K 
                Reclassification Out of Accumulated Other                        
                Comprehensive Loss (Detail)                                      
50: R100        Miscellaneous, Net - Summary of Miscellaneous, Net  HTML     53K 
                (Detail)                                                         
125: R101        Other Information - Cash Payments for Interest and  HTML     42K  
                Income Taxes (Net of Refunds) (Detail)                           
101: R102        Other Information - Additional Information          HTML     45K  
                (Detail)                                                         
79: R103        Concentration of Risk - Additional Information      HTML     61K 
                (Detail)                                                         
21: R104        Quarterly Financial Information - Unaudited         HTML     52K 
                Quarterly Results of Operations (Detail)                         
110: R105        Quarterly Financial Information - Summary of Gains  HTML     52K  
                and (Losses) (Detail)                                            
118: R106        Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Statements -  HTML    259K  
                Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet (Detail)                   
112: R107        Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Statements -  HTML    226K  
                Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive               
                Income (Loss) (Detail)                                           
75: R108        Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Statements -  HTML    155K 
                Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows                  
                (Detail)                                                         
121: XML         IDEA XML File -- Filing Summary                      XML    208K  
17: EXCEL       IDEA Workbook of Financial Reports                  XLSX    395K 
46: EXCEL       IDEA Workbook of Financial Reports (.xls)            XLS   2.26M 
 8: EX-101.INS  XBRL Instance -- ucih-20141231                       XML   3.42M 
10: EX-101.CAL  XBRL Calculations -- ucih-20141231_cal               XML    414K 
11: EX-101.DEF  XBRL Definitions -- ucih-20141231_def                XML   1.01M 
12: EX-101.LAB  XBRL Labels -- ucih-20141231_lab                     XML   2.05M 
13: EX-101.PRE  XBRL Presentations -- ucih-20141231_pre              XML   1.56M 
 9: EX-101.SCH  XBRL Schema -- ucih-20141231                         XSD    321K 
84: ZIP         XBRL Zipped Folder -- 0001193125-15-076879-xbrl      Zip    304K 


‘20-F’   —   Annual Report by a Foreign Non-Canadian Issuer
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Part I
"Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
"Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
"Item 3. Key Information
"Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data
"Risk Factors
"Item 4. Information on Holdings and Its Subsidiaries
"Corporate Information
"History and Development
"Our Business
"Seasonality
"Our Competitive Strengths
"Our Strategy
"Our Industry
"Products
"Sales Channels and Customers
"Competition
"Sales and Marketing
"Operations
"Suppliers and Raw Materials
"Trademarks and Patents
"Employees
"Environmental, Health and Safety Matters
"Litigation
"Organizational Structure
"Property, Plant and Equipment
"Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
"Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
"Overview
"Components of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
"Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
"Results of Operations
"Geographic Results of Operations
"Reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA
"Liquidity and Capital Resources
"Contractual Obligations
"Disclosure under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act
"Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance
"Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
"Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
"Directors of Holdings and Directors and Senior Management of UCI International, Inc
"Directors' and Senior Management's Compensation
"Directors' and Senior Management's Service Contracts
"Directors' and Senior Management's Indemnification Agreements
"Share Ownership
"Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
"Major Shareholders and Beneficial Ownership
"Related Party Transactions
"Item 8. Financial Information
"Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
"Item 9. the Offer and Listing
"Item 10. Additional Information
"Constitution of Holdings
"Material Contracts
"Exchange Controls
"Documents on Display
"Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
"Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
"Part Ii
"Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
"Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
"Item 15. Controls and Procedures
"Item 16. Reserved
"Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
"Item 16B. Code of Ethics
"Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
"Item 16D. Exemptions From the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
"Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
"Item 16F. Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant
"Item 16G. Corporate Governance
"Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
"Part Iii
"Item 17. Financial Statements
"Item 19. Exhibits
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Consolidated Financial Statements
"Consolidated Balance Sheets
"Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Equity (Deficit)
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  Form 20-F  
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Or

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

Or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Or

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 333-173626

 

 

UCI HOLDINGS LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Not applicable   New Zealand
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)   (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Level Nine

148 Quay Street

Auckland 1010 New Zealand

(Address of principal executive offices)

Ricardo Alvergue

1900 West Field Court

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

Tel (847) 482-4165

Fax (847) 615-6506

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ¨  Yes    x  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    ¨  Yes    x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    x  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨                 Accelerated filer  ¨                 Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  x

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  ¨

   Other  ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    ¨  Item 17    ¨  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    x  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

PART I

  5   

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS.

  5   

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE.

  5   

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION.

  5   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

  5   

Risk Factors

  8   

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON HOLDINGS AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES.

  26   

Corporate Information

  26   

History and Development

  26   

Our Business

  27   

Seasonality

  28   

Our Competitive Strengths

  28   

Our Strategy

  30   

Our Industry

  31   

Products

  32   

Sales Channels and Customers

  33   

Competition

  36   

Sales and Marketing

  36   

Operations

  37   

Suppliers and Raw Materials

  37   

Trademarks and Patents

  38   

Employees

  38   

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

  38   

Litigation

  39   

Organizational Structure

  41   

Property, Plant and Equipment

  42   

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

  43   

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS.

  43   

Overview

  43   

Components of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  43   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

  46   

Results of Operations

  49   

Geographic Results of Operations

  58   

Reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA

  59   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  61   

Contractual Obligations

  66   

Disclosure under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

  67   

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

  67   

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

  67   

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES.

  68   

Directors of Holdings and Directors and Senior Management of UCI International, Inc.

  68   

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Compensation

  69   

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Service Contracts

  70   

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Indemnification Agreements

  70   

Employees

  70   

Share Ownership

  70   

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.

  70   

Major Shareholders and Beneficial Ownership

  70   

Related Party Transactions

  70   

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

  72   

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

  72   

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING.

  72   

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

  72   

Constitution of Holdings

  72   


Table of Contents

Material Contracts

  75   

Exchange Controls

  81   

Documents on Display

  81   

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

  81   

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

  83   

PART II

  83   

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.

  83   

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

  83   

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

  83   

ITEM 16. RESERVED.

  83   

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT.

  83   

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

  84   

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

  84   

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.

  84   

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.

  84   

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

  85   

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

  85   

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.

  85   

PART III

  85   

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

  85   

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

  85   

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS.

  85   


Table of Contents

Certain References

In this annual report, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” our company and “Company” refer to (i) UCI International, Inc. and its subsidiaries (including UCI (as defined herein)), prior to the date of the UCI Acquisition (as defined herein) and (ii) following the UCI Acquisition, Holdings (as defined herein) and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Market Data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this annual report from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Estimates of historical growth rates in the markets in which we operate are not necessarily indicative of future growth rates in such markets. In addition, unless stated otherwise, market share and market position data used throughout this annual report refer to our share of the North American light vehicle aftermarket.

Unless stated otherwise, all market industry statistics, excluding estimates that are qualified by our belief, are based on data included in the 2014 Automotive Aftermarket Industry Association (“AAIA”) Digital Automotive Aftermarket Factbook, which combines the latest available aftermarket industry data from many sources including original AAIA research, government sources and independent research suppliers.

Certain Definitions

In this annual report:

2006 Credit Facility” refers to UCI’s senior secured term loan facility and senior secured revolving credit facility, which were repaid in full on September 23, 2010 with proceeds from the 2010 Credit Facility (as defined herein).

2010 Credit Facility” refers to UCI International’s (as defined herein) term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million, which was fully funded on September 23, 2010, and a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million. The 2010 Credit Facility was repaid and terminated as part of the Transactions (as defined herein).

Acquisition Co.” refers to Uncle Acquisition 2010 Corp, which was the initial issuer of the Senior Notes (as defined herein), and which was merged with and into UCI International, Inc., with UCI International, Inc. as the surviving company in the UCI Acquisition.

aftermarket” refers to the North American light and heavy-duty vehicle replacement products market.

“Autoparts Holdings” refers to Autoparts Holdings Limited, an affiliate of Rank Group (as defined herein) and ultimately owned by our strategic owner, Mr. Graeme Hart.

ASC” refers to ASC Industries Inc., which was acquired by UCI International, Inc. in 2006.

CAGR” refers to compounded annual growth rate.

DIFM,” an acronym for “do-it-for-me,” refers to consumers who use professionals to perform the maintenance and repair work needed on their own vehicles.

DIY,” an acronym for “do-it-yourself,” refers to consumers who themselves perform the maintenance and repair work needed on their vehicles.

dollars”, “U.S. dollars” and “$” refer to the lawful currency of the United States.

 

1


Table of Contents

Equity Contribution” refers to cash in the amount of $320.0 million contributed to Acquisition Co. in connection with the UCI Acquisition.

Exchange Act” refers to the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

FRAM Group” refers to the automotive consumer products business of Autoparts Holdings.

GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Holdings” refers to UCI Holdings Limited, a New Zealand limited liability company and the indirect parent of UCI International, Inc.

“Issuer” refers to UCI International, Inc., as successor by merger to Uncle Acquisition 2010 Corp.

Merger Agreement” refers to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 29, 2010, by and among UCI International, Inc., Rank Group, and Acquisition Co. pursuant to which Acquisition Co. merged with and into UCI International, Inc. with UCI International, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and an affiliate of Rank Group.

North America” and “North American” refer to the United States, Mexico and Canada.

OEM” refers to original equipment manufacturers.

OES” refers to original equipment service providers (the service organizations connected with new car dealers).

OEM/OES” refers to original equipment manufacturers and original equipment service providers (the service organizations connected with new car dealers).

“Previously Outstanding Subordinated Notes” refers to UCI’s 9 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, which were discharged on October 25, 2010.

Rank Group” refers to Rank Group Limited, a private company based in New Zealand and wholly-owned by Mr. Graeme Hart.

SEC” refers to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Senior Notes” refers to $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.625% Senior Notes due 2019 and guarantees thereof issued as part of the Transactions on January 26, 2011.

Senior PIK Notes” refers to the floating rate Senior PIK Notes due 2013 issued by UCI International, Inc. on December 20, 2006, of which $355.1 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding at January 26, 2011. In connection with the Transactions, we purchased $315.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Notes pursuant to a tender offer we commenced on January 5, 2011. The redemption of the remaining Senior PIK Notes was completed on February 25, 2011.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities” refers to (i) a $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility, or the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility” and (ii) a $75.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility” entered into as part of the Transactions on January 26, 2011.

The “traditional” distribution channel refers to warehouse distributors, jobber stores and professional installers.

Transactions” refers to (i) the offering of $400.0 million of the Senior Notes, (ii) the Equity Contribution, (iii) the borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (iv) the repayment of the 2010 Credit Facility, (v) the repurchase, call for redemption and satisfaction and discharge of the Senior PIK Notes, (vi) the UCI

 

2


Table of Contents

Acquisition, (vii) the merger of Acquisition Co. with and into UCI International, Inc., with the result that UCI is the direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of UCI International, Inc., (viii) the transactions related to the foregoing and (ix) the payment of fees and expenses related to the foregoing, all of which occurred on January 26, 2011.

UCI” refers to United Components, Inc., a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of UCI International, Inc.

UCI Acquisition” refers to the merger on January 26, 2011 of Acquisition Co., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and an affiliate of Rank Group, with and into UCI International, Inc. with UCI International, Inc. surviving the merger. See “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and Its Subsidiaries — History and Development — Holdings’ History.”

UCI International” refers to UCI International, Inc., together with its subsidiaries.

“United States” and “U.S.” refer to the United States of America.

With respect to our customers, “Advance” refers to Advance Stores Company, Inc., including stores acquired by Advance from General Parts International, Inc.; “AutoZone” refers to AutoZone, Inc.; “CARQUEST” refers to private label products sold by Advance; “Chrysler” refers to Chrysler Group LLC; “Ford” refers to Ford Motor Company; “GM” refers to General Motors Company; “NAPA” refers to NAPA Autoparts Inc.; and “O’Reilly” refers to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.

Accounting Principles

Unless otherwise indicated, financial information in this annual report has been prepared on the basis of and in accordance with GAAP.

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate” and other expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and trends and that do not relate to historical matters identify forward-looking statements. The reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although forward-looking statements reflect management’s good faith beliefs, reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to:

 

    volatility in and disruption to the global economic environment may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

    the economic environment and adverse credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs and may materially and adversely affect the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers;

 

    we face competition and increasing pricing pressure in our markets and, therefore, lower-cost production and successful cost savings actions may be required to be able to compete effectively;

 

    the shift in demand from premium to value brands may require us to produce value products at the expense of premium products, resulting in lower prices, thereby decreasing our net sales and reducing our margins;

 

    the introduction of new and improved products and services and the shift from domestic to foreign made vehicles poses a potential threat to the aftermarket for light vehicle parts;

 

    increased crude oil and energy prices and overall economic conditions could reduce global demand for and use of automobiles, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability;

 

    entering new markets and developing new products poses commercial risks;

 

3


Table of Contents
    our relationship with AutoZone creates risks associated with a concentrated net sales source;

 

    our contracts with our customers are generally short-term and do not require the purchase of a minimum amount;

 

    the consolidation of our customers can have adverse effects on our business;

 

    we could be materially adversely affected by changes or imbalances in currency exchange and other rates;

 

    increases in our raw materials and component costs or the loss of a number of our suppliers could adversely affect our profitability;

 

    we may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities, or our customers may be subjected to work stoppages, either of which could negatively impact the profitability of our business;

 

    if we are unable to meet future capital requirements, our business may be adversely affected;

 

    it may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of highly skilled employees we need to remain competitive;

 

    environmental, health and safety laws and governmental regulations may impose significant compliance costs and liabilities on us;

 

    our intellectual property may be misappropriated or subject to claims of infringement;

 

    time, effort and costs associated with the strategic review currently ongoing could have an adverse effect upon our business;

 

    our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to fulfill our obligations under the Senior Notes;

 

    restrictive covenants in the Senior Notes and our other indebtedness could adversely affect our business by limiting our operating and strategic flexibility;

 

    the outcome of legal proceedings;

 

    the risks and uncertainties described under “Part I, Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” and “Part I, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; and

 

    risks related to other factors discussed in this annual report.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Several important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are disclosed under “Part I, Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” in this annual report. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this annual report in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION.

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

The selected financial data has been derived from Holdings’ and, prior to Holdings’ inception, UCI International’s, audited consolidated financial statements. The financial data of Holdings as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings included elsewhere in this annual report. We derived the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 from the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings that are not included herein. The statements of comprehensive income (loss) of UCI International for the period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of UCI International that are not included herein. Because Holdings was formed on November 26, 2010 in connection with the Transactions, it has no consolidated financial statements as of or for periods ended prior to that date. Prior to the UCI Acquisition, Holdings generated no revenue and incurred no expenses other than merger and acquisition costs related to the UCI Acquisition. Certain comparative information has been reclassified to conform to current method of presentation.

 

     Holdings          UCI International  
(in millions)    Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
         January 1, 2011
through
January 25,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Comprehensive income (loss) data:

                  

Net sales (1)

   $ 1,009.8      $ 995.9      $ 984.5      $ 910.2      $ —            $ 78.8      $ 945.0   

Cost of sales (2)

     871.2        837.2        775.2        738.6        —              62.3        731.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     138.6        158.7        209.3        171.6        —              16.5        213.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (expenses) income

                  

Selling, general and administrative (3)

     (63.2     (84.7     (96.8     (79.6     —              (6.7     (80.7

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     (22.2     (22.2     (22.2     (20.4     —              (0.4     (5.2

Merger and acquisition
costs (4)

     —          —          —          (11.3     (1.3         (5.2     —     

Restructuring costs, net (5)

     (16.9     (7.6     (5.9     (1.3     —              —          (1.7

Stock-based compensation expense (6)

     —          —          —          —          —              (15.1     (0.4

Trademark impairment
loss (7)

     (38.0     (2.0     —          (3.8     —              —          —     

Patent litigation costs (8)

     (0.2     (2.2     —          (0.4     —              (0.5     (5.9

Antitrust litigation costs (9)

     —          (0.2     (1.2     (11.7     —              (0.8     (7.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (1.9     39.8        83.2        43.1        (1.3         (12.2     112.5   

Interest expense, net

     (50.4     (51.4     (54.8     (51.7     —              (4.7     (60.8

Management fee expense

     —          —          —          —          —              (0.1     (2.0

Loss on early extinguishment of debt (10)

     —          —          —          —          —              (24.2     (8.7

Debt commitment fees

     —          —          —          (5.9     —              —          —     

Miscellaneous, net

     (8.6     (3.6     (6.2     (5.0     —              (0.7     (3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (60.9     (15.2     22.2        (19.5     (1.3         (41.9     37.5   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     24.7        3.0        (7.6     0.9        —              14.0        (14.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (36.2   $ (12.2   $ 14.6      $ (18.6   $ (1.3       $ (27.9   $ 23.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (71.0   $ 24.6      $ 5.5      $ (53.1   $ (1.3       $ (27.2   $ 14.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
     Holdings     UCI International  
(in millions)    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010     2010  

Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44.5      $ 76.6      $ 78.9      $ 67.7      $ —        $ 200.3   

Working capital

     289.1        301.5        305.4        284.8        (6.6     434.4   

Total assets

     1,360.1        1,441.8        1,447.7        1,454.0        5.3        1,145.3   

Debt (including current maturities)

     708.2        691.1        693.9        700.0        —          774.5   

Total shareholder’s equity (deficit)

     225.6        295.8        271.2        265.7        (1.3     23.6   
     December 31,  
     Holdings     UCI International  
(in millions)    2014     2013     2012     2011     2010     2010  

Other Data:

            

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (18.7   $ 39.9      $ 51.8      $ 55.7      $  —        $ 113.3   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (30.1     (39.2     (34.8     (195.0     —          (27.5

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     17.8        (3.1     (6.0     207.4        —          (17.3

 

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Holdings net sales included product warranty reserve reductions of $4.4 million, $4.0 million and $9.6 million, respectively, primarily due to the loss of customers, contractual changes affecting warranty reserve requirements of its customers and favorable claims experience.
(2) In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Holdings incurred $0.5 million, $3.5 million, $1.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of costs related to the implementation of its cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, Holdings cost of sales included $16.4 million for inventory sold after the UCI Acquisition date that was written up to fair market value as part of the purchase price allocation of the UCI Acquisition.

(3) In the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Holdings incurred $0.6 million, $7.2 million and $13.7 million, respectively, of business optimization costs related to various cost savings projects and the acceleration of manufacturing of parts for newer model cars previously sourced from external vendors.

In the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Holdings incurred $1.1 million, $6.0 million and $7.1 million, respectively, of costs related to the implementation of its cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group.

In the year ended December 31, 2010, UCI International incurred $6.5 million of costs related to evaluating strategic opportunities including potential merger and acquisition and capital structure activities that are non-operating in nature and included costs related to a proposed initial public offering of UCI International, Inc.’s stock that was withdrawn in November 2010 and costs associated with the UCI Acquisition.

(4) In connection with the UCI Acquisition, Holdings incurred $11.3 million of merger and acquisition costs and $1.3 million of buyer-side merger and acquisition costs during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period November 26, 2010 through December 31, 2010, respectively. During the period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011, UCI International incurred $5.2 million of seller-side merger and acquisition costs. These costs consisted primarily of investment banking, legal and other professional advisory fees and expenses.
(5) Holdings and UCI International have taken various restructuring actions in each of the years to align their cost structures with customers’ spending habits and market conditions.

 

6


Table of Contents
(6) Non-cash stock based compensation expense related to stock based awards under UCI International’s amended and restated equity incentive plan. As a result of the UCI Acquisition, the remaining unvested stock options and restricted stock became vested. Immediately prior to the UCI Acquisition, there was $0.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost relating to outstanding unvested stock options. Compensation expense of $13.2 million was equal to the fair value of the restricted stock at the date of the UCI Acquisition. UCI International also incurred $1.4 million of non-recurring costs associated with the stock based compensation expense, which were recognized in the period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011.
(7) During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2011, Holdings recognized trademark impairment losses of $38.0 million, $2.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively, related to one of its indefinite-lived trademark intangible assets. See further details included in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements elsewhere in this annual report.
(8) During the year ended December 31, 2014, Holdings incurred costs of $0.2 million related to the settlement of a patent infringement complaint filed by Hengst of North America, Inc. (“Hengst”). During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings recognized a settlement reserve of $2.2 million related to the same complaint filed by Hengst. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011, Holdings recognized expenses of $0.4 million and during the period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, UCI International recognized $0.5 million and $5.9 million, respectively, related to a patent infringement claim by Parker-Hannifin Corporation (“Parker-Hannifin”). See further discussion at “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation – Patent Litigation.”
(9) During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings recorded $0.1 million for the settlement and $0.1 million for litigation costs related to antitrust claims in Quebec and Ontario, Canada. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Holdings recorded a provision of $7.8 million for the settlement and during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, Holdings incurred post-trial costs of $1.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively, in antitrust litigation costs related to antitrust claims in the U.S. During the period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, UCI International incurred antitrust litigation costs of $0.8 million, $7.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to antitrust claims in the U.S. See further discussion at “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation – Antitrust Litigation.”
(10) The loss on early extinguishment of debt during the UCI International period January 1, 2011 through January 25, 2011 relates to the early extinguishment of the 2010 Credit Facility and the Senior PIK Notes as part of the Transactions. The loss on early extinguishment of debt for the UCI International year ended December 31, 2010 related to the termination of the 2006 Credit Facility and the discharge of the Previously Outstanding Subordinated Notes.

 

7


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this annual report, including the discussions set forth in “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries and “Part I, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” as well as the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.

Risks Related to Our Business

Economy, Market and Industry Conditions

Volatility in and disruption to the global economic environment may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The state of the global economy has an impact on consumer discretionary spending and driving habits, both of which affect the demand for our automotive products. The global economy has experienced significant uncertainty in recent years, characterized by very weak or negative economic growth, high unemployment, reduced spending by consumers and businesses, the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various businesses and financial institutions and a considerable level of intervention from the U.S. federal government and various foreign governments.

Consumer driving habits are impacted by economic conditions with weak conditions generally leading to a reduction in miles driven. The increases in miles driven in recent years have been small and intermittent, reflecting the U.S. economy’s slow recovery from the very weak conditions of 2008 and 2009. Compared to the immediately preceding year, miles driven increased 1.6%, 0.6%, 0.8%, 0.6% and 1.5% in 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. If miles driven were to continue to remain fairly flat or decrease and consumers extend the mileage interval for routine maintenance, we could experience a decline in demand for our products due to a reduction in the need for replacement parts.

Consumer discretionary spending and driving habits are also affected by gasoline prices at the pump. Although U.S. average gasoline prices for the years 2011, 2012 and 2013 and through the third quarter of 2014 were similar, there remained a significant amount of volatility in gasoline prices. Over this period, we saw sequential increases in six of the eleven quarters ranging from 1.0% to 8.1%, and decreases ranging from 1.5% to 7.8% in the other five quarters. The spikes in gasoline prices reflect the near record highs reached in March, April and September 2012. More recently the fourth quarter of 2014 saw a 17.9% decrease in U.S. average gasoline prices compared to the prior quarter and U.S. average prices for December 2014 were at levels not seen since September and October 2009.

In addition, demand for automotive products such as ours is linked to consumer demand for automobiles, which is impacted by the economic environment. Difficult economic conditions may cause changes to the business models, products, financial condition or consumer financing and rebate programs of the OEMs, adversely affecting the number of cars produced and purchased. The impact of fewer cars being sold and fewer cars on the road can have an adverse impact on the demand for our products, reducing purchases by our customers in the aftermarket and by the OEMs.

If economic conditions do not continue to improve or begin deteriorating, consumer demand for automotive products may decline which may result in a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

The economic environment and adverse credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs and may materially and adversely affect the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers.

Volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets may exert downward pressure on the availability of liquidity and credit capacity for many companies. We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and capital expenditures. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash flow from operations, factoring of customer trade accounts receivable and available borrowing capacity under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. Many of our customers place a significant emphasis on lowering their inventories to accounts payable ratios

 

8


Table of Contents

through negotiation of longer payment terms with us. Subject to certain limitations, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities permit sales of and liens on receivables, which are being sold pursuant to factoring arrangements arranged for us by certain customers with a number of banks. At December 31, 2014, we had factoring relationships arranged by seven customers with eight banks. The terms of these relationships are such that the banks are not obligated to factor any amount of receivables. Because of the increase in our utilization of customer factoring programs as a result of our customers negotiating increased payment terms with us, it is possible that these banks may not have the capacity or willingness to fund these factoring arrangements at the levels they have in the past, if at all, or our customers could discontinue their participation in the arrangements, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity. If we are not able to factor accounts receivables, we would have to find other ways to finance these receivables or our liquidity would be reduced by having less cash on hand. As part of the factoring arrangements, we are charged discount fees by the banks. If interest rates increase, our costs under these factoring arrangements may increase.

In addition to the potential liquidity risks we face, some of our customers and suppliers could experience serious cash flow problems and, as a result, may find it difficult to obtain financing, if financing is available at all. As a result, our customers’ need for and ability to purchase our products or services may decrease, and our suppliers may increase their prices, reduce their output or change their terms of sale. Any inability of customers to pay us for our products and services, or any demands by suppliers for different payment terms, may materially and adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. Furthermore, our suppliers may not be successful in generating sufficient revenue or securing alternate financing arrangements, and therefore may no longer be able to supply goods and services to us. In that event, we would need to find alternate sources of these goods and services, and there is no assurance that we would be able to find such alternate sources on favorable terms, if at all. Any such disruption in our supply chain could adversely affect our ability to manufacture and deliver our products on a timely basis, and thereby affect our results of operations.

We face competition and increasing pricing pressure in our markets and, therefore, lower-cost production and successful cost savings actions may be required to be able to compete effectively.

We operate in some very competitive and fragmented markets and we compete against numerous different types of businesses, some of which have greater financial or other resources than we do. Although we have significant market positions in each of our product lines within the aftermarket, we cannot be assured that we will be able to maintain our current market share. In the OEM sales channel, some of our competitors have achieved substantially greater market penetration in many of the product lines which we offer. Competition is based on a number of considerations, including product performance, quality of customer service and support, timely delivery and price. Our customers increasingly demand a broad product range, and we must continue to develop our expertise in order to manufacture and market these products successfully. To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in manufacturing, working capital, customer service and support, marketing and our distribution networks. We cannot be assured that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make such investments or that we will maintain our competitive position within each of the markets we serve. As a result of competition, we have experienced downward pricing pressure. There can be no guarantee that this downward price pressure will not continue, and we may be forced to adjust the prices of some of our products to stay competitive, or not compete at all in some markets, possibly resulting in lost revenue.

The trend toward consolidation and bankruptcies among automotive parts suppliers is resulting in fewer, larger suppliers who benefit from purchasing and distribution economies of scale. If we cannot achieve cost savings and operational improvements sufficient to allow us to compete favorably in the future with these larger companies, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected due to a reduction of, or inability to increase, sales.

In addition, price competition from light vehicle aftermarket suppliers, particularly those based in Asia and other locations with lower production costs, have historically played a role and are playing an increasing role in the aftermarket channels in which we compete. While aftermarket manufacturers in these locations have historically competed primarily in markets for less technologically advanced products and manufactured a limited number of products, they are expanding their manufacturing capabilities to move toward producing a broad range of lower cost, higher quality products and providing an expanded product offering. In the future, competitors in Asia may be able to effectively compete in our premium markets and produce a wider range of products, which may

 

9


Table of Contents

force us to move additional manufacturing capacity to lower cost countries or lower our prices, reducing our margins or decreasing our net sales.

Our strategy to remain cost competitive includes initiatives to improve inventory management and customer delivery, consolidate plant and distribution facilities and otherwise realize cost savings. While we have and will continue to implement these strategies, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so successfully or that we will realize the projected benefits of these cost saving plans. If we are unable to realize these anticipated cost reductions, we may not be able to compete effectively and our profitability may be adversely affected. Moreover, our continued implementation of cost saving plans and facilities integration may disrupt our operations and performance.

The shift in demand from premium to value brands may require us to produce value products at the expense of premium products, resulting in lower prices, thereby decreasing our net sales and reducing our margins.

While a significant amount of our net sales are currently derived from products we consider to be premium products, there has been, and may continue to be, a shift in demand to value products from premium products, which historically have commanded higher pricing and generated enhanced margins. If such a trend continues, we may be forced to expand our production and/or purchases of value products at competitive prices, which could reduce our margins. Further, such a shift in demand away from our premium branded to private label value products could impact the valuation of our trademark intangibles. During 2014, our indefinite-lived fuel delivery system intangible was impaired in part due to a customer’s decision to shift to private label value products from our premium branded products.

If the North American light vehicle aftermarket adopts more expansive return policies, our cash flow and results of operations could be harmed.

We are subject to returns from customers, some of which may manage their excess inventory through returns. In line with industry practices, arrangements with customers typically include provisions that permit them to return specified levels of their purchases. Returns have historically represented approximately 3% to 5% of our sales. If returns from our customers significantly increase, for reasons such as obsolescence or changes in inventory management by our customers, our profitability may be adversely affected. Further, certain of our products may not be reused or resold upon return.

The introduction of new and improved products and services and the shift from domestic to foreign made vehicles poses a potential threat to the aftermarket for light vehicle parts.

Improvements in technology and product quality are extending the longevity of light vehicle parts and delaying aftermarket sales. In particular, the introduction of oil change indicators, the use of synthetic motor oils and the lengthening of oil change intervals in general are extending oil filter replacement cycles. Since 2011, there has been an approximately 10% increase in oil filter replacement intervals. In addition, improved OEM product quality has increased the life span of original parts, particularly of fuel delivery systems products. As the percentage of these higher quality original parts increases, part replacement rate intervals may increase further resulting in a decline in our net sales. Replacement part intervals have also been impacted by a shift in the mix of foreign-made versus domestic-made vehicles purchased, which could adversely impact the demand for our products causing a decline in our net sales and profitability. In addition, the introduction of electric, fuel cell and hybrid light vehicles may pose a long-term risk to our business because these vehicles are unlikely to utilize many of our existing product lines. The introduction of new and improved service initiatives by OEMs also poses a risk to our market share in the light vehicle replacement parts market. In particular, we face market share risk from general automakers, which have introduced increased warranty and maintenance service initiatives, which are gaining popularity. These service initiatives have the potential to decrease aftermarket sales of our products in the traditional and retail sales channels.

 

10


Table of Contents

Increased crude oil and energy prices and overall economic conditions could reduce global demand for and use of automobiles, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability.

Material increases in the price of crude oil have historically been a contributing factor to the periodic reduction in the global demand for and use of automobiles. While there has been a decline in the price of crude oil recently, a significant increase in the price of crude oil could adversely affect our profitability by reducing global demand for and the use of automobiles and shifting customer demand away from larger cars and light trucks, including SUVs, which we believe have more frequent replacement intervals for our products. As discussed in the “Volatility in and disruption to the global economic environment may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” risk factor on page 8, we have seen a significant amount of volatility in U.S. average gasoline prices during over the last twelve quarters with sequential increases in six quarters ranging from 1.0% to 8.1% and sequential decreases in the other six quarters ranging from 1.5% to 17.9%. Further, higher gasoline prices may result in a reduction in discretionary spending for auto repairs by our end customers, which could materially adversely impact our results of operations. A reduction in discretionary spending may also result in a decrease in the number of new cars purchased, which may adversely affect the demand for our products by our customers in the aftermarket and by the OEMs. Additionally, higher energy costs may increase our freight expenses associated with the shipping of our products to customers.

Entering new markets and developing new products pose commercial risks.

In the last several years, we have made significant investments as part of our strategy to develop new products and expand into new markets. Maintaining continued development and expansion requires significant investment and resources, and we cannot be assured these resources will continue to be available as needed. We also cannot guarantee that the development of any new product or our expansion into any new market will be successful, or whether we will be able to meet the needs of new customers or compete favorably in any new market. Therefore, we may be unable to recover the costs associated with such efforts.

Customer

Our relationship with AutoZone creates risks associated with a concentrated net sales source.

We generate a large percentage of our net sales from our business with AutoZone, but we cannot be certain that AutoZone will continue to purchase from us. Net sales to AutoZone accounted for 27.2%, 29.2% and 32.6% of our total net sales in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively. Several of our competitors have pursued business opportunities with this customer in the past and may do so again in the future, and thereby threaten our current position. If we fail to maintain this relationship, our net sales will be significantly diminished. Even if we maintain our relationship, our net sales concentration as a result of this relationship increases the potential impact to our business that could result from any changes in the economic terms of this relationship or in AutoZone’s business. Any change in the terms of our sales to this customer could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations. Further, to the extent AutoZone’s overall business or market share decrease, or fail to increase, we may be adversely impacted.

Our contracts with our customers are generally short-term and do not require the purchase of a minimum amount.

We do not typically enter into firm, long-term agreements with customers for the sale of our products. Instead, our products are sold through a series of purchase orders based on our customers’ current or projected needs. By not having long-term agreements in place, we risk losing customers or sales of a certain product to any particular customer, on relatively short notice. The loss of a significant customer, or a significant reduction in sales to a particular customer, could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

The consolidation of our customers can have adverse effects on our business.

Our financial condition and results of operations could also be adversely affected if the customer base for automotive parts continues to decrease. In those circumstances, we may be competing for business from fewer customers. Due to the growing market share of some of our major customers, we have been, and expect to continue to be, requested to reduce prices. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate cost savings and operational improvements in the future that are sufficient to offset price reductions requested by existing customers and necessary to win additional business.

We could be materially adversely affected by changes or imbalances in currency exchange and other rates.

As a result of international operating activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates, principally exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Euro, Mexican peso, British pound and Chinese yuan. The results of operations of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for each relevant period, except for our Chinese subsidiaries, where cost of sales is translated primarily at historical exchange rates. This translation has no impact on our cash flow. However, as foreign exchange rates change, there are changes to the U.S. dollar equivalent of sales and expenses denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.

In addition, as a result of increased production outside the U.S. and sourcing of components and completed parts for resale, we are exposed to risks related to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on transactions, principally exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Chinese yuan and the Mexican peso. Currency transaction exposure arises when sales and purchases are made by a company in a currency other than its own functional currency. An increase in the Chinese yuan against the U.S. dollar would result in an increase in the cost of goods imported from our China operations. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso means that our Mexican operations pay more pesos to obtain inventory from the United States. To the extent possible, we structure arrangements where the purchase transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars as a means to minimize near-term exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. If we are unable to negotiate commensurate price decreases from our Chinese or Mexican suppliers, these higher prices would eventually translate into higher cost of sales. In that event, we would attempt to obtain corresponding price increases from our customers, but there can be no assurances that we would be successful.

We currently do not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge transactions in major currencies. Even if we wished to do so in the future, we may not be able, or it may not be cost-effective, to enter into contracts to hedge our foreign currency exposure.

Operational

Increases in our raw materials and component costs or the loss of a number of our suppliers could adversely affect our profitability.

We depend on third parties for the raw materials and components used in our manufacturing processes. We generally purchase our materials on the open market. However, in certain situations we have found it advantageous to enter into long-term contracts for certain commodities purchases. Our raw materials include hot roll steel and other commodities such as aluminum, iron, resin, rubber and multiple petrochemical products, including packaging and media. During periods of peak demand for our raw materials, we experience significant price volatility, increases and/or surcharges. These higher costs affect the prices we pay for raw materials and for purchased component parts and finished products. The prices of these commodities have fluctuated significantly in recent years, and future volatility in the prices of these commodities could increase the costs of manufacturing our products. Additionally, we experience from time to time longer lead times and expedited freight costs due to logistics constraints in shipping products from China.

We have experienced sporadic increases in certain commodity costs and extended lead times as the general economy has improved slightly and at an uneven pace. A further economic recovery would likely increase the demand for many of the commodities used in our business. While we have been able to obtain sufficient quantities of these commodities to satisfy our needs,

 

12


Table of Contents

increased demand from current levels for these commodities could result in further cost increases and may make procurement more difficult in the future. We may not be able to pass on any increased costs to our customers and this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Even in the event that increased costs can be passed through to customers, our gross margin percentages would decline. While we currently maintain alternative sources for steel and most other materials, our business is subject to the risk of additional price fluctuations and periodic delays in the delivery of our raw materials. Any such price fluctuations or delays, if material, could harm our profitability and operations. In addition, the loss of a substantial number of suppliers could result in material cost increases or reduce our production capacity. We are also significantly affected by the cost of natural gas used for fuel and the cost of electricity. Natural gas and electricity prices have historically been volatile.

In order to mitigate the effects of these price increases, we continually undertake initiatives focused on reducing our costs to procure raw materials and commodities. However, there can be no assurance that these initiatives will be successful at reducing our procurement costs in the future.

We monitor sources of supply to attempt to assure that adequate raw materials and other supplies needed in manufacturing processes are available. We occasionally enter into hedge transactions to reduce our exposure to price risks yet, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in passing on these attendant costs if these risks were to materialize. In addition, our operations could be disrupted and our profitability could be adversely impacted if, (i) we are unable to continue to purchase our required quantities of raw materials on commercially reasonable terms or at all, (ii) we are unable to maintain or enter into purchasing contracts for commodities or (iii) delivery of materials from suppliers is delayed or non-conforming.

Our international operations are subject to uncertainties that could affect our operating results.

Our business is subject to certain risks associated with operating internationally. Our non-U.S. sales represented approximately 19% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, we operate six manufacturing facilities outside of the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including but not limited to:

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

    geopolitical instability;

 

    exchange controls;

 

    compliance with U.S. Department of Commerce import and export controls;

 

    tariffs or other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;

 

    transportation availability and cost;

 

    potentially negative consequences from changes in U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. tax laws;

 

    fluctuations in interest rates;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

 

    differing labor regulations;

 

    enforceability of contracts in China;

 

    requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

 

    restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in foreign jurisdictions;

 

    restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our subsidiaries;

 

    exposure to liabilities under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

    difficulty of enforcing judgments or other remedies in foreign jurisdictions;

 

    diminished protection for intellectual property outside of the United States; and

 

    the potential for terrorism against U.S. interests.

In addition, we may face obstacles in China, including a cumbersome bureaucracy and significant political, economic and legal risks, which may adversely affect our operations in that country.

 

13


Table of Contents

As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.

We may be subject to work stoppages at our facilities, or our customers may be subjected to work stoppages, either of which could negatively impact the profitability of our business.

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately 3,900 employees with union affiliations and collective bargaining agreements at two of our facilities, representing approximately 10% of our workforce. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fond du Lac, Wisconsin plant expires in April 2015. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fairfield, Illinois plant expires in August 2017. If our unionized workers were to engage in a strike, work stoppage or other slowdown in the future, we could experience a disruption of our operations, which could interfere with our ability to deliver products on a timely basis and could have other negative effects, such as decreased productivity and increased labor costs. We may also incur increased labor costs in the event that more of our work force becomes unionized or as a result of any renegotiation of our existing labor arrangements. In addition, many of our direct and indirect customers and vendors have unionized workforces. Strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns experienced by these customers or vendors or their other suppliers could result in slowdowns or closings of assembly plants that use our products or supply materials for use in the production of our products. Organizations responsible for shipping our products may also be impacted by occasional strikes. Any interruption in the delivery of our products could reduce demand for our products and could have a material adverse effect on us.

If the products we manufacture or distribute are found to be defective, we could incur significant costs and our reputation could be adversely affected.

We face a business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products has, or is alleged to have, resulted in injury, death or other adverse effects. We currently maintain product liability insurance coverage, but we cannot be assured that we will be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, or that any such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for long periods of time, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. If one of our products is determined to be defective, we may face substantial warranty costs and may be responsible for significant costs associated with a product recall or a redesign. In addition, our business depends on the strong brand reputation we have developed. In the event that our reputation is damaged, we may face difficulty in maintaining our pricing positions with respect to some of our products or have reduced demand for our products, which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

If we are unable to meet future capital requirements, our business may be adversely affected.

We periodically make capital investments to, among other things, maintain and upgrade our facilities, expand capacity and enhance our production processes. We may have to incur capital expenditures to maintain and grow our business. Historically, we have been able to fund these expenditures through cash flow from operations and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. However, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain limitations that could affect our ability to fund our future capital expenditures and other capital requirements. We cannot be assured that we will have, or be able to obtain, adequate funds to make all necessary capital expenditures when required, or that the amount of future capital expenditures will not be materially in excess of our anticipated or current expenditures. If we are unable to make necessary capital expenditures, our product lines may become dated, our productivity may be decreased and the quality of our products may be adversely affected, which, in turn, could reduce our net sales and profitability.

 

14


Table of Contents

We are subject to risks associated with changing manufacturing techniques, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage.

The successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to continuously evolve our existing products and introduce new products to meet customers’ needs in the industries we serve. Our products are characterized by stringent performance and specification requirements that mandate a high degree of manufacturing and engineering expertise. If we fail to meet these requirements, our business could be at risk. We believe that our customers rigorously evaluate their suppliers on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

    product quality;

 

    technical expertise and development capability;

 

    new product innovation;

 

    reliability and timeliness of delivery;

 

    price competitiveness;

 

    product design capability;

 

    manufacturing expertise;

 

    operational flexibility;

 

    customer service; and

 

    overall management.

Our success will depend on our ability to continue to meet our customers’ changing specifications with respect to these criteria. We cannot be assured that we will be able to address technological advances or introduce new products that may be necessary to remain competitive within our markets. Furthermore, we cannot be assured that we can adequately protect any of our own technological developments to produce a sustainable competitive advantage.

Other

It may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of highly skilled employees we need to remain competitive.

Our continued success depends in part on our ability to recruit, retain and motivate highly skilled sales, marketing and engineering personnel. Competition for persons in our industry is intense and we may not be able to successfully recruit, train or retain qualified personnel. If we fail to retain and recruit the necessary personnel, our business and our ability to obtain new customers and retain existing customers, develop new products and provide acceptable levels of customer service could suffer. We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our key personnel. However, we cannot be assured that these individuals will stay with us. If any of these persons were to leave our company, it could be difficult to replace him or her, and our operations and ability to manage day-to-day aspects of our business may be materially adversely affected.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations may impose significant compliance costs and liabilities on us.

We are subject to many environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing emissions to air, discharges to water, the generation, handling and disposal of waste and the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties. Compliance with these laws and regulations is costly. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, significant costs to maintain or achieve compliance with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Moreover, if these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations become more stringent in the future, we could incur additional costs. We cannot assure that we are in full compliance with all environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Our failure to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and permit requirements could result in civil or criminal fines, penalties or enforcement actions, third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to investigate or cleanup property or to pay for the costs of investigation or cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.

 

15


Table of Contents

We may be subject to liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state or foreign laws for contaminated properties that we currently own, lease or operate or that we or our predecessors have previously owned, leased or operated, and for sites to which we or our predecessors sent hazardous substances. Such liability may be joint and several so that we may be liable for more than our share of contamination and any such liability may be determined without regard to fault or knowledge of contamination. We or our predecessors have been named potentially responsible parties at contaminated sites from time to time in the past.

We are currently investigating or remediating, or are otherwise currently responsible for, contamination at several sites, for which management believes it has made adequate reserves. See “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries — Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” In addition, we occasionally evaluate various alternatives with respect to our facilities, including possible dispositions or closings. Investigations undertaken in connection with these activities may lead to discoveries of contamination that must be remediated, and closings of facilities may trigger remediation requirements that are not applicable to operating facilities. We may also face lawsuits brought by third parties that either allege property damage or personal injury as a result of, or seek reimbursement for costs associated with, such contamination.

We may not be able to continue to grow through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies.

In the past we have grown through acquisitions and partnership opportunities and we may engage in similar transactions in the future, including as a result of the investment strategy of our strategic owner, Mr. Graeme Hart. Such transactions, however, involve significant risks including the integration of the newly acquired business, the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and effects on our business relationships with customers and suppliers. We cannot be assured that we will successfully identify suitable acquisition or partnership opportunities in the future, and in the event we do commence with such transactions, we cannot be assured we will be successful at integrating the newly acquired businesses or that they will perform as anticipated. Any such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our intellectual property may be misappropriated or subject to claims of infringement.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection, as well as licensing agreements and third-party non-disclosure and assignment agreements. The costs associated with the protection of our intellectual property are ongoing and in some instances may be substantial. We cannot be assured that any of our applications for protection of our intellectual property rights will be approved or that others will not infringe or challenge our intellectual property rights. We currently, and may continue in the future to, rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that our competitors will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants and advisors to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary information. We cannot be assured that these measures will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our ability to sustain margins on some or all of our products may be affected, which could reduce our sales and profitability.

In addition, from time to time, we pursue and are pursued in potential litigation relating to the protection of certain intellectual property rights, including with respect to some of our more profitable products. In some instances, we may be found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others. In such a case, we may incur significant costs or losses and may be subject to an injunction that would prevent us from selling a product found to infringe.

An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets could negatively affect our consolidated results of operations and net worth.

Pursuant to GAAP, we are required to annually assess our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets to determine if the values are impaired. In addition, interim reviews must be performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that

 

16


Table of Contents

impairment may have occurred. If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill or other intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill or other intangible assets in the period the determination is made. Disruptions to our business, loss of customers, end market conditions, protracted economic weakness and unexpected significant declines in operating results may result in impairment charges for goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets. In addition, customer decisions to switch from branded to private labeled products may result in impairment charges for indefinite-lived intangible assets. We assess the potential impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles on an annual basis, as of December 31, as well as when interim events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In the second quarter of 2014, based upon one customer’s decision to change suppliers and another customer’s decision to switch from our branded to private label product, an interim indefinite-lived intangibles impairment test resulted in a $38.0 million trademark impairment loss. Further changes in our business environment or materially different assumptions regarding the future performance of our businesses could result in impairment losses on goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets. Based upon our annual impairment tests as of December 31, 2014, there is a less than 10% difference between the book values and the recoverable amounts of certain of our indefinite-lived intangible assets and an approximate 10% difference between the fair value of our business and the carrying value of our assets, both of which increases the risk of having to record an additional impairment in the future as a result of the factors discussed above.

Our pension obligations could adversely impact our business.

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans that were underfunded by $82.3 million at December 31, 2014 and $49.0 million at December 31, 2013. Following the UCI Acquisition, our funding policy for pension plans is to fund amounts sufficient to maintain minimum funding levels as required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). If the performance of the assets in the defined benefit pension plans does not meet our expectations or actuarial assumptions, our required contributions may be significantly greater than we currently expect. In such an event, our cash flows may be insufficient to make such a payment or otherwise be negatively impacted.

Compliance with new regulations regarding the use of “conflict minerals” could limit the supply and increase the cost of certain metals used in manufacturing our products.

Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, requires the SEC to promulgate new disclosure requirements for manufacturers of products containing certain minerals which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. These “conflict minerals” may be found in materials used in the manufacture of some of our products. Manufacturers are also required to disclose their efforts to prevent the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced by that country. The new disclosure rules took effect in May 2014, one year after the promulgation of the SEC’s final rules. The implementation of these new regulations has not, to date, had a material impact on our business. In the future, however, the regulations may limit the sourcing and availability of some of the metals used in the manufacture of our products. The regulations may also reduce the number of suppliers who provide conflict-free minerals and metals, and may affect our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. We may also incur significant costs for due diligence to determine whether conflict minerals are used in our products and, if so, the sources of those materials.

A breach of information security, including a cybersecurity breach or failure of one or more key information technology systems, networks, processes, associated sites or service providers could have a material adverse impact on our business or reputation.

We rely extensively on information technology (“IT”) systems, networks and services, including internet sites, data hosting and processing facilities and tools and other hardware, software and technical applications and platforms, some of which are managed, hosted, provided and/or used by third-parties or their vendors, to assist in conducting our business. The various uses of these IT systems, networks and services include, but are not limited to:

 

    ordering and managing materials from suppliers;

 

17


Table of Contents
    converting materials to finished products;

 

    shipping products to customers;

 

    collecting and storing customer, consumer, employee, investor and other stakeholder information and personal data;

 

    processing transactions;

 

    summarizing and reporting results of operations;

 

    hosting, processing and sharing confidential and proprietary research, business plans and financial information;

 

    complying with regulatory, legal or tax requirements;

 

    providing data security; and

 

    handling other processes necessary to manage our business.

Numerous and evolving cybersecurity threats, including advanced persistent threats, pose a potential risk to the security of our IT systems, networks and services, as well as the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our data. We have made investments seeking to address these threats, including monitoring of networks and systems, employee training and security policies for us and our third-party providers. However, because the techniques used in these attacks change frequently and may be difficult to detect for periods of time, we may face difficulties in anticipating and implementing adequate preventative measures. If the IT systems, networks or service providers we rely upon fail to function properly, or if we or one of our third-party providers suffer a loss or disclosure of our business or stakeholder information, due to any number of causes, ranging from catastrophic events or power outages to improper data handling or security breaches, and our business continuity plans do not effectively address these failures on a timely basis, we may be exposed to reputational, competitive and business harm as well as litigation and regulatory action. The costs and operational consequences of responding to breaches and implementing remediation measures could be significant.

 

Risks Related to Our Structure, the Guarantees and the Senior Notes

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to fulfill our obligations under the Senior Notes.

We have a substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2014, we had (i) outstanding indebtedness of $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, (ii) $288.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, (iii) $20.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and (iv) $0.5 million in other long-term debt and capital lease obligations. In addition, we currently have available $48.5 million under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ($6.5 million of letters of credit were issued under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2014). Our substantial indebtedness could have significant consequences. For example, it could:

 

    make it more difficult for us to generate sufficient cash to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Senior Notes, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our other indebtedness;

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic or market conditions;

 

    limit our ability to obtain additional financing necessary for our business;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments in relation to indebtedness, reducing the amount of cash flow available for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

    require us to sell debt or equity securities or to sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet debt payment obligations;

 

    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or industry;

 

    place us at a possible competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

    expose us to increased interest expense because certain of our indebtedness bears variable rates of interest; and

 

   

subject us to financial and other restrictive covenants, and if we fail to comply with these covenants and that failure is not waived or cured, could result in an event of default under our indebtedness.

 

18


Table of Contents

Despite our substantial indebtedness we may be able to incur substantially more debt.

Despite our substantial indebtedness we may be able to incur or issue substantial additional debt in the future. Although restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt are contained in the indenture governing the Senior Notes, in the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and in our other financing arrangements, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the debt incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be very substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in such restrictions. Our ability to incur additional indebtedness will depend, in part, upon our satisfaction of certain financial covenants in the indenture governing the Senior Notes and in the terms of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The amount of additional indebtedness that we can incur at any point in time will vary materially as a result of historical and pro forma changes in our earnings, cash flows and performance, including as a result of acquisitions.

Restrictive covenants in the Senior Notes and our other indebtedness could adversely affect our business by limiting our operating and strategic flexibility.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock or disqualified stock (including to refinance existing indebtedness);

 

    pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock;

 

    purchase or redeem capital stock;

 

    make certain investments or certain other restricted payments;

 

    create or incur liens;

 

    sell assets;

 

    make distributions from certain of our subsidiaries;

 

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    effect a consolidation, amalgamation or merger.

These restrictive covenants could have an adverse effect on our financial flexibility, restricting our ability to take advantage of mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures or other growth opportunities and limiting our ability to respond to competitive changes.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain, and our future indebtedness may contain, other and more restrictive covenants and also prohibit us from prepaying certain of our other indebtedness, prior to the discharge of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or such future indebtedness. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to maintain an interest coverage ratio and a senior secured leverage ratio which becomes more restrictive over time.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Senior Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders of such indebtedness, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Senior Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness, including the covenants contained in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we would be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, including a failure to satisfy the relevant financial ratios:

 

    the lenders under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, declare all the outstanding loans thereunder to be due and payable and, if not promptly paid, institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets;

 

19


Table of Contents
    even if those lenders do not declare a default, they may be able to cause all of our available cash to be used to repay their loans; and

 

    such default could cause a cross-default or cross-acceleration under our other indebtedness.

As a result of such default and any actions the lenders may take in response thereto, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on the Senior Notes and service our other debt and the ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance obligations under, our debt will depend on our financial and operating performance, which, in turn, will be subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial and business-related factors, many of which may be beyond our control. See “— Risks Related to Our Business” above.

As of December 31, 2014, we had $708.5 million (excluding original issue discount of $0.3 million) of outstanding indebtedness. For the year ended December 31, 2014, annualized cash interest obligations on our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes and our other indebtedness was $52.7 million. Furthermore, our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility matures on January 26, 2016. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce working capital levels, reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure all or a portion of our debt. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient to allow us to make payments of principal and interest on our debt. In addition, any alternative measures we may take may not be successful or be on commercially reasonable terms and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations, including the payment of interest or principal in respect of the Senior Notes. We also cannot assure holders of the Senior Notes that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, particularly because of our high levels of debt, prevailing market conditions and the debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the agreements governing our debt. In the absence of sufficient cash flow and capital resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and may be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The indenture governing the Senior Notes, the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the agreements governing our other debt restrict, and our future indebtedness is likely to restrict, both our ability to dispose of assets and the use of proceeds from any such disposition. There can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate any asset sales, or if we do, what the timing of the sales will be or whether the proceeds that we realize will be adequate to meet our debt service obligations when due or that we will be contractually permitted to apply such proceeds for that purpose. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to implement any of these alternative measures, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Time, effort and costs associated with the strategic review currently ongoing could have an adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August 2014, our shareholder advised that it would be undertaking a strategic review of its ownership of our business, as part of a broader strategic review of the commonly-owned automotive aftermarkets businesses (which includes businesses operated by Autoparts Holdings). The strategic review may result in a decision to sell some or all of those businesses, although no decision has been made at this time to do so.

Potential risks related to the strategic review include, but are not limited to, uncertainty regarding the complexity or length of the strategic review, diversion of management’s attention to the review process, the potential that we will incur significant expenses in unsuccessfully pursuing a transaction, and the risk that the strategic review will impact relationships with partners, suppliers and employees. Any of these risks could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

20


Table of Contents

Mr. Graeme Hart, our strategic owner, controls us through a number of holding companies and may have conflicts of interest with the holders of our debt or us in the future. Our strategic owner may also enter into, or cause us to enter into, strategic transactions that could change the nature or structure of our business, our capital structure or our credit profile.

As a result of the UCI Acquisition, Mr. Graeme Hart indirectly owns all of our common stock, and the actions he is able to undertake as our sole ultimate shareholder may differ from or adversely affect the interests of our debt holders. Because Mr. Hart ultimately controls our voting shares and those of all of our subsidiaries, he has the power, among other things, to affect our legal and capital structure and our day-to-day operations, as well as to elect our directors and those of our subsidiaries, to change our management and to approve any other changes to our operations. Mr. Hart has advised us that an entity controlled by him has pledged its capital stock in the entities that control us in support of indebtedness with respect to which an affiliate under the ultimate common control of Mr. Hart is the obligor. If that affiliate were to default on such obligations, the lenders under the applicable agreements could foreclose on the capital stock that is subject to the pledge, which could result in a change of control with respect to us. The lenders under any indebtedness with respect to which the affiliate of Mr. Hart is the obligor may have interests that differ from those of holders of the Senior Notes or of our lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Additionally, Mr. Hart is in the business of making investments in companies and in the future may seek to acquire interests in businesses that operate in our industry and may compete, directly or indirectly, with us. Mr. Hart may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, which could have the effect of making such acquisition opportunities unavailable to us. In the past, Mr. Hart has caused certain of the companies in which he has made investments to acquire or purchase other companies or businesses, in whole or in part, or to enter into transactions and business relationships with other businesses that he controls, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of, among other things, achieving operating synergies and cost savings. If Mr. Hart were to cause us to enter into any transaction with another company or business that he acquires or controls, our business or the scope of our operations could significantly change, or we could become part of a group of companies organized under the ultimate common control of Mr. Hart that may be operated in a manner different from the manner in which we have historically operated. Any such group of companies may have a significant amount of indebtedness, and such indebtedness may be secured by substantially all our assets.

Finally, because we have no securities listed on a securities exchange, we are not subject to certain of the corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange, including any requirement to have any independent directors.

An increase in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

A significant portion of our outstanding debt, including the borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, bears and, potentially, our future indebtedness may bear interest at variable rates. As of December 31, 2014, we had $308.0 million of variable rate debt outstanding. As a result, an increase in interest rates above our LIBOR floor, whether because of an increase in market interest rates or an increase in our cost of borrowing, would increase the cost of servicing this debt and could materially reduce our profitability and adversely affect our ability to meet our obligations under the Senior Notes. The impact of such an increase would be more significant than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial debt.

UCI International, Inc. and Holdings are holding companies with no operations and no assets other than their investments in their respective subsidiaries. Each conducts all of its operations through its subsidiaries. Accordingly, UCI International, Inc.’s ability to make payments on its indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, and Holdings’ ability to meet its obligations under its guarantee of the Senior Notes, are entirely dependent on the generation of cash flow by their respective subsidiaries.

UCI International, Inc. is a holding company with no operations and no assets other than its investments in its subsidiaries, and it conducts all of its operations through its subsidiaries. UCI International, Inc.’s ability to make payments on the Senior Notes and its other indebtedness is entirely dependent on the earnings and the distribution of funds from its subsidiaries.

 

21


Table of Contents

Accordingly, repayment of UCI International, Inc.’s indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, depends on the generation of cash flow by its subsidiaries, and (if they are not guarantors of the Senior Notes) the ability of subsidiaries to make such cash available to UCI International, Inc. whether by dividend, debt repayment, investment, loan, advance or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the Senior Notes, UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the Senior Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries may not be able to make payments to it to enable it to make payments in respect of its indebtedness, including the Senior Notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit UCI International, Inc.’s ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries. While the indenture governing the Senior Notes limits the ability of UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries to incur consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. There can be no assurance that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries will permit its subsidiaries to provide it with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund scheduled interest and principal payments on the Senior Notes when due. In the event that UCI International, Inc. does not receive payments from its subsidiaries, it may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on its indebtedness, including the Senior Notes. In addition, any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, debt repayments, investments, loans or advances by UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on such payments under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions, withholding taxes and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which the subsidiaries operate or under arrangements with local partners.

In addition, Holdings’ only assets are the equity interests it holds in its subsidiaries. It has no operations of its own and derives all of its revenue and cash flows from its subsidiaries. As a result, it is dependent upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet its outstanding debt service and other obligations, including its guarantee of the Senior Notes. Holdings’ subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable it to make principal and interest payments on the Senior Notes in the event Holdings is required to make such payments on the Senior Notes pursuant to its guarantee. Accordingly, Holdings’ guarantee of the Senior Notes provides little, if any, additional credit support for the Senior Notes and investors should not rely on this guarantee in evaluating an investment in the Senior Notes.

The right to receive payments on the Senior Notes is effectively subordinated to the right of lenders who have security interests in our assets, to the extent of the value of those assets.

Our obligations under the Senior Notes and the obligations of the guarantors of the Senior Notes under their guarantees are unsecured and, therefore, are effectively subordinated to our secured obligations and the secured obligations of our existing or future guarantors, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such obligations. All of Holdings’ subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Notes also guarantee all of our obligations under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our obligations under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our subsidiary guarantors’ obligations thereunder are secured by a first-lien security interest in substantially all of such subsidiary guarantors’ assets. As of December 31, 2014, we had $308.0 million of secured indebtedness.

If we are declared bankrupt or become insolvent, or if we default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on their collateral to the exclusion of holders of the Senior Notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the Senior Notes at such time. In any such event, because the Senior Notes are not secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in the guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which the claims of holders of the Senior Notes could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy those claims fully.

We may be unable to raise funds necessary to finance the change of control repurchase offers required by the indenture governing the Senior Notes and similar requirements in the agreements governing our other indebtedness.

If a specified change of control occurs in relation to us, we would be required to make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. The occurrence of a change of control under the Senior Notes would require that the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and

 

22


Table of Contents

may require that any of our future indebtedness, be immediately repaid or that we make an offer to repurchase it, possibly at a premium or subject to penalties. We may be dependent on our subsidiaries for the funds necessary to cure the events of default caused by such change of control event. UCI International, Inc. and its subsidiaries may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the Senior Notes that are tendered upon a change of control offer or to redeem such Senior Notes. Our failure to purchase the Senior Notes after a change of control in accordance with the terms of the indenture requiring such purchases would result in a default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes and may result in a default under any future indebtedness.

In the event of a change of control, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient assets to satisfy all of our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes, any future indebtedness and any other debt requiring repayment upon such event.

The terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities limit, and our future indebtedness may limit, our right to purchase or redeem certain indebtedness. In the event any purchase or redemption is prohibited, we may seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or our future lenders to permit the required repurchase or redemption, but the required lenders do not have, and our future lenders are unlikely to have, any obligation to grant, and may refuse to grant, such a waiver.

Not all of our subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes, and the Senior Notes and the guarantees of the Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the claims of creditors of those non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes are guaranteed by our subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In the future, other subsidiaries will be required to guarantee the Senior Notes only under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, not all of our subsidiaries will guarantee the Senior Notes. Moreover, guarantees may be released from time to time.

In the event that any non-guarantor subsidiary becomes insolvent, is liquidated, reorganized or dissolved, or is otherwise wound up other than as part of a solvent transaction, the assets of such non-guarantor subsidiary are used first to satisfy the claims of its creditors, including its trade creditors, banks and other lenders. Only the residual equity value will be available to us and any other guarantor (and only to the extent the issuer or any guarantor are parent companies of such non-guarantor subsidiary). Consequently, the Senior Notes and each guarantee of the Senior Notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of non-guarantor subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Senior Notes permits our subsidiaries, including our non-guarantor subsidiaries, to incur additional debt (subject to certain conditions and limitations with respect to restricted subsidiaries) and does not limit their ability to incur trade payables and similar liabilities. In addition, the indenture governing the Senior Notes does not limit the transfer of assets to, or the making of investments in, any of our restricted subsidiaries, including our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2014, UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes accounted for $185.1 million, or approximately 14%, of our total assets, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes accounted for (i) $224.9 million, or approximately 22%, of our net sales to third parties and (ii) $32.4 million, or approximately 29%, of our total Adjusted EBITDA.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Senior Notes or the guarantees, and if that occurs, holders may not receive any payments on the Senior Notes.

The proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes (together with other funds available on the closing date of the Transactions) were used in part to consummate the UCI Acquisition and pay the purchase price to our prior shareholders. In addition, the Senior Notes are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries. Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Senior Notes and the incurrence of the guarantees of the Senior Notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the Senior Notes or the guarantees thereof could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, (a) issued the Senior Notes or incurred the guarantee with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) received less than reasonably

 

23


Table of Contents

equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the Senior Notes or incurring the guarantee and, in the case of (b) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

    we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Senior Notes or the incurrence of the guarantee;

 

    the issuance of the Senior Notes or the incurrence of the guarantee left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business; or

 

    we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such note guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such note guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or any of the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Senior Notes or the guarantees would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

 

    the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

    it could not pay its debts as they became due.

As a general matter, value is given for a note or guarantee if, in exchange for the note or guarantee, property is received or an antecedent debt is satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. For example, in a transaction such as the initial offering of the Senior Notes, there is increased risk of a determination that we incurred the debt obligations represented by the Senior Notes and the guarantees for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration as a court may find that the benefit of the transaction went to our prior equity holders, while neither we nor the guarantors benefited directly from the Senior Notes or the guarantees. Even if a court found that we received reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration because we received the net cash proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes, in order to avoid a finding that there was fraudulent transfer with respect to the guarantees, there is an additional requirement of a determination that the guarantors also received reasonably equivalent or fair consideration in exchange for the guarantees that they will grant with respect to the Senior Notes.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the Senior Notes or the incurrence of a guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Senior Notes or that guarantee, could subordinate the Senior Notes or that guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor or could require the holders of the Senior Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the Senior Notes or that guarantee. Furthermore, the holders of voided Senior Notes would cease to have any direct claim against us or the applicable guarantor. Consequently, our or the applicable guarantor’s assets would be applied first to satisfy our or the applicable guarantor’s other liabilities, before any portion of our or its assets could be applied to the payment of the Senior Notes. Sufficient funds to repay the Senior Notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any. In the event of finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, holders may not receive any repayment on the Senior Notes. Further, the avoidance of the Senior Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Senior Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holders of Senior Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of Senior Notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

 

24


Table of Contents

Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantee may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, holders of the Senior Notes may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.

Holders of the Senior Notes have the benefit of the guarantees of Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries. However, the guarantees are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under a guarantee could be reduced to zero depending on the amount of other obligations of such entity. Further, under certain circumstances, a court under applicable fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes or other applicable laws could void the obligations under a guarantee or subordinate the guarantee to other obligations of the guarantor. See “— Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Senior Notes or the guarantees, and if that occurs, holders may not receive any payments on the Senior Notes.” In addition, such holders will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances.

As a result, an entity’s liability under its guarantee could be materially reduced or eliminated depending upon the amounts of its other obligations and upon applicable laws. In particular, in certain jurisdictions, a guarantee issued by a company that is not in the company’s corporate interests or where the burden of that guarantee exceeds the benefit to the company may not be valid and enforceable. It is possible that a creditor of an entity or the insolvency administrator in the case of an insolvency of an entity may contest the validity and enforceability of the guarantee and that the applicable court may determine that the guarantee should be limited or voided. In the event that any guarantees are deemed invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or to the extent that agreed limitations on the guarantee apply, the Senior Notes would be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the applicable guarantor, including trade payables of such guarantor.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the instruments governing our indebtedness permits certain estimates and assumptions that may cause Adjusted EBITDA to differ materially from actual results.

Although the Adjusted EBITDA presentation included in this annual report is derived from our historical financial records, the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA presented in this annual report permits certain estimates and assumptions that may differ materially from actual results. Although our management believes these estimates and assumptions are reasonable, investors should not place undue reliance upon any of these calculations given how they are calculated and the possibility that the underlying estimates and assumptions may ultimately not reflect actual results. In addition, the estimated savings expected from our cost savings plans are merely estimates and may not actually be achieved in the time frame anticipated or at all.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating assigned by a rating agency to our company or the Senior Notes, if any, could cause the liquidity or market value of the Senior Notes to decline.

The Senior Notes have been rated by nationally recognized rating agencies and may in the future be rated by additional rating agencies. There can be no assurance that any rating assigned will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes in our business, so warrant. Any downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of a rating by a rating agency (or any anticipated downgrade, suspension or withdrawal) could reduce the liquidity or market value of the Senior Notes.

Any future lowering of our ratings may make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. If any credit rating initially assigned to the Senior Notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, a holder of the Senior Notes may lose some or all of the value of the investment.

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON HOLDINGS AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES.

Corporate Information

Holdings’ executive offices are located at Level Nine, 148 Quay Street, Auckland 1010, New Zealand and its telephone number is 64 (9) 366-6259. UCI International’s executive offices are located at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045 and its telephone number is (847) 482-2045.

History and Development

Strategic Review

In August 2014, our shareholder advised that it would be undertaking a strategic review of its ownership of our business, as part of a broader strategic review of the commonly-owned automotive aftermarkets businesses (which includes businesses operated by Autoparts Holdings). The strategic review may result in a decision to sell some or all of those businesses, although no decision has been made at this time to do so.

Holdings’ History

Holdings, an entity domiciled in New Zealand, was incorporated on November 26, 2010 for the purpose of consummating the acquisition of UCI International, Inc.

On November 29, 2010, UCI International, Inc. entered into the Merger Agreement by and among UCI International, Inc., Rank Group and Acquisition Co. pursuant to which Acquisition Co. agreed to be merged with and into UCI International, Inc., with UCI International, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and an affiliate of Rank Group. On January 26, 2011, Holdings, through its indirect subsidiary Acquisition Co., acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of UCI International, Inc. for a purchase price of $375.0 million and assumed the indebtedness of UCI International. The Merger Agreement did not include any post-closing indemnification obligations or any provision for adjusting the amount payable to stockholders (whether for working capital or otherwise). The merger and the related Transactions were completed on January 26, 2011.

In addition, on January 26, 2011, we (i) repaid and terminated the 2010 Credit Facility, (ii) purchased $315.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Notes pursuant to a tender offer we commenced on January 5, 2011, (iii) called for redemption all of the Senior PIK Notes that were not purchased as of the date of the UCI Acquisition and (iv) deposited $41.2 million for the satisfaction and discharge of such remaining Senior PIK Notes with the trustee under the indenture for the Senior PIK Notes. The redemption of the remaining Senior PIK Notes was completed on February 25, 2011.

On January 26, 2011, UCI International, Inc. and certain subsidiaries entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which consist of a $300.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility drawn at closing, and a $75.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which was undrawn at closing. Also on January 26, 2011, we issued the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million.

The Transactions were financed with (i) the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, (ii) the Equity Contribution of $320.0 million, (iii) borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, (iv) advances from Rank Group and (v) available cash of UCI International.

UCI International’s History

UCI International, Inc. was incorporated on March 8, 2006 as a holding company for UCI.

UCI, through its predecessors, has been in operation since 1958. In 2003, UCI purchased all of the issued and outstanding common stock or other equity interests of Champion Laboratories, Inc., Wells Manufacturing Corporation, Wells Manufacturing Canada Limited, Airtex Products S.A., Airtex Products, Inc., (currently Airtex

 

26


Table of Contents

Mfg., Inc.), Talleres Mecanicos Montserrat S.A. de C.V., Brummer Seal de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Brummer Mexicana en Puebla, S.A. de C.V., Automotive Accessory Co. Ltd and Airtex Products, LLC. These companies, along with ASC, purchased in 2006, represent UCI’s primary operating subsidiaries.

Our Business

We are a leading supplier to the light and heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket for replacement parts, supplying a broad range of filtration, fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems products. We believe, based on management estimates, that we maintain a leading market position in each of our four product lines, including the number one market position by revenue in both fuel delivery systems and cooling systems in the North American light vehicle aftermarket. In the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 78% of our net sales, including approximately 10% related to the OES channel, were generated from sales to a diverse group of aftermarket customers, including some of the largest and fastest growing companies in our industry. We have developed a global and low-cost manufacturing, sourcing and distribution platform and we sell into multiple sales channels, including retailers, wholesale distributors, dealers and the heavy-duty vehicle market. Our principal end-markets include light vehicles, commercial vehicles and construction, mining, agricultural, marine and other industrial equipment.

We believe we have one of the most comprehensive product lines in the aftermarket, offering approximately 46,300 unique part numbers. The majority of our products, including fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems, are non-discretionary parts that must be replaced upon failure for the vehicle to successfully operate. In addition, filtration products are replaced at regular maintenance intervals, generating a recurring revenue stream. This overall product mix provides a stable base of business, even in difficult economic cycles.

Aftermarket sales generally are tied to the regular replacement cycle or the natural failure rate of a vehicle part; accordingly, we expect industry growth will be heavily influenced by the following key factors: increasing global vehicle population, aging of vehicle population, increasing vehicle miles driven and a growing heavy-duty aftermarket.

We have established longstanding relationships with some of the largest companies in the aftermarket, such as Advance, AutoZone, NAPA and O’Reilly. We have maintained our key customer relationships for approximately 20 years on average. We also supply to select OEM platforms that complement our core aftermarket business and provide us with visibility into emerging product trends. We believe our high-quality product portfolio and superior services, combined with our product support and category management services, enhance our customers’ financial and operating performance, allow us to achieve strong operating margins and position us well for profitable growth.

We design, develop, manufacture and distribute replacement parts that can be used in a substantial majority of light vehicles in operation in North America, including approximately 95% of pre-2009 models. Our four product lines provide a stable and diverse base of business, even in difficult economic cycles, and can be classified into two groups:

 

    Non-Discretionary: Our fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems products are critical for vehicle operation and must be replaced upon failure for the vehicle to successfully operate.

 

    Recurring Maintenance: Our filtration products are replaced at regular maintenance intervals, generating a recurring revenue stream.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information about our four product lines:

 

    Filtration   Fuel Delivery Systems   Vehicle Electronics   Cooling Systems

Products

  •    Oil Filters

•    Air Filters

•    Fuel Filters

•    Cabin Air,
      Transmission.
      Hydraulic and
      Industrial Filters

  •    Fuel Pump Assemblies

•    Electric Fuel Pumps

•    Mechanical Fuel Pumps

•    Strainers and Kits

  •    Sensors

•    Coils

•    Switches

•    Caps and Rotors
      Emission Control

  •    Aluminum and Cast
      Iron Cooling Systems

•    Fan Clutches

% of Total Net Sales(1)

  34%   17%   22%   27%

Number of Parts(2)

  5,400   2,000   37,000   1,900

Number of Customers(2)

  1,500   500   350   800

Representative Brands(3)

  LOGO     LOGO     LOGO     LOGO  

 

 

(1) Based on year ended December 31, 2014 net sales.
(2) Numbers reflected are approximate as of December 31, 2014.
(3) Includes our brands, licensed brands and private label brands.

Seasonality

We do not experience any significant seasonal fluctuation in our business, net sales or profitability.

Our Competitive Strengths

Aftermarket focus with a leading position in our product lines. We are one of the largest aftermarket focused suppliers in North America, with approximately $783 million, or 78% of our net sales, including approximately 10% related to the OES channel, for the year ended December 31, 2014, attributable to the aftermarket. We believe, based on management estimates, that we maintain a leading market position in each of our four product lines, including the number one market position by net sales in both fuel delivery systems and cooling systems in the North American light vehicle aftermarket. This market leadership is further bolstered by our family of brand names, which are widely recognized and respected in the light and heavy-duty vehicle aftermarkets.

 

28


Table of Contents

Attractive aftermarket product portfolio. We believe that we have an attractive product portfolio for several reasons, including:

 

    Non-Discretionary: Our fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems products are critical for vehicle operation and upon failure must be replaced for the vehicle to successfully operate.

 

    Recurring Maintenance: Our filtration products are replaced at regular maintenance intervals, generating a predictable, recurring revenue stream.

 

    Highly Engineered: Our product lines require significant engineering, product development, product support, sourcing and manufacturing capabilities. As the parts within our product lines continue to increase in complexity, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from these trends.

Long-standing and deep relationships with industry leading customers. We have a diverse and extensive customer base with embedded long-term relationships, and we are a leading supplier to some of the largest companies in the aftermarket and have maintained our key relationships for approximately 20 years on average. We have supplied our largest customer, AutoZone, since it opened its first store in 1979, and we are one of its largest suppliers today with 27% of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014. Underscoring the value we deliver, we have been selected as the “Category Captain” for our product lines at many of our customers. In this important role, we are responsible for analyzing market data and making product recommendations for a specific product category in order to drive higher customer sales and profitability. These recommendations, which include optimal inventory level and mix, marketing and promotion concepts and product positioning, are integral to our customers’ overall product strategy and procurement practices.

Capability to enhance customer financial and operating performance. Through our strong service and delivery capabilities, broad product coverage, high product quality, engineering resources and product management support (such as cataloging and technical support), we enhance our customers’ financial and operating performance. We supply approximately 46,300 unique part numbers, providing our customers with one of the most comprehensive product offerings in our product categories. We believe that this breadth of product numbers enables our customers to fulfill their customers’ needs often to a greater extent than many of our competitors, adding revenue and end-consumer satisfaction while providing us with increased revenue. We deliver these products in a timely fashion, allowing our customers to offer the right product, at the right place, at the right time. Our ability to reliably deliver a broad variety of products in a timely fashion, evidenced by our ability to ship products within 24 to 48 hours of the order, also allows our customers to reduce their working capital investment. Additionally, we utilize a flexible branding strategy, which includes our own brands, licensed brands and private label brands to best meet the needs of our customers.

Innovative category management expertise. We believe our sophisticated category management capabilities are highly valued by our customers and provide us a competitive advantage. Our category management process utilizes our experienced professionals, specialized software and proprietary processes and tools to analyze industry, competitive and customer inputs to develop and recommend specific targeted actions to our customers. These targeted actions help our customers improve their sales growth and category profitability, increase consumer satisfaction through robust parts availability and minimize their working capital needs through enhanced inventory efficiency. Our early adoption of these innovative category management services has strengthened our customer relationships, as evidenced by our “Category Captain” status with key customers across multiple product areas. Successful application of these services within our customer base has enabled us to increase our customer retention, expand sales of our products, optimize our product sourcing decisions through increased market visibility and penetrate new customers across the aftermarket.

Global and low-cost manufacturing, sourcing and distribution platform. We operate manufacturing facilities in low-cost countries, including a presence of over 20 years in both China and Mexico, and have invested significantly in automation throughout our global operations. We have made investments to establish Chinese filtration and fuel pump manufacturing facilities which complement our existing cooling system operations. Currently, approximately 25%, 7% and 4% of our total workforce is located in China, Mexico and Europe, respectively. In addition to our three manufacturing facilities, we have two sourcing offices in China, with low-cost product development, supplier development, engineering resources and procurement capabilities. Our world-wide distribution network allows us to provide unique direct shipment capabilities. These global capabilities enable us to provide our customers with quality components at a competitive cost on a timely basis.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our objective is to continue to be a market leader by providing superior products and services to our customers while maximizing sustainable free cash flow. Over the past several years, we have invested significant resources to develop differentiated services for our customers, improve our operational efficiency and enhance our low-cost country manufacturing and sourcing capabilities. We believe these investments provide a solid foundation for profitable net sales growth and continued operational improvements as highlighted below.

Maximize sustainable free cash flow. One of our critical business strategies is to continue to maximize sustainable free cash flow. Our strategy is to grow revenue through increased sales of existing products to existing and new customers, introduction of new products, select expansion into new geographic markets and increasing overall demand for our products. In addition, we intend to continue to reduce costs by promoting a culture of continuous improvement in our manufacturing operations and focusing on implementing cost-reduction measures, including streamlining operations through plant and overhead rationalization, systematically linking technological improvements to a reduction in material costs for new and existing products and optimizing our supply chain management. Furthermore, we will focus on maximizing our free cash flow through prudent working capital management and stringent minimum return levels for capital expenditures.

Our managers are accountable for meeting specific cost reduction and productivity improvement targets. In addition, we believe we will benefit from the extensive operating experience of our strategic owner, Mr. Graeme Hart, who has implemented successful cost reduction programs with existing and previously owned companies.

Drive incremental net sales in excess of anticipated industry growth in our core markets. Our strategy is to use our category management expertise, broad product coverage and superior product support and delivery to continue to differentiate ourselves from our competition, drive incremental growth and attract new customers. Historically, some of our most important customers have grown faster than the overall market and as these customers continue to expand their revenue and market share, we seek to increase their reliance on our capabilities to increase our own market share. We are also actively marketing these capabilities to new customers across our aftermarket channels.

Selectively pursue opportunities outside of the retail and traditional aftermarket channels. Our product expertise and scalable platform enable us to add new customers and penetrate multiple end markets. We will continue to promote these attributes to pursue opportunities and expand our existing presence in the OEM, OES, military, heavy-duty, power generation and other channels. We believe these opportunities will provide incremental near-term growth, visibility into technological trends and profit expansion over the long term. For example, we have been awarded long life-cycle OEM contracts with Caterpillar/Perkins, Ford and GM, which are now in full production. As result of an OEM contract, net sales with GM were 14.5% of total net sales during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Expand sales in international markets. We have a long-standing presence in the international light and heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket from which we generated $194.0 million of non-U.S. net sales in the year ended December 31, 2014. We plan to leverage our established global footprint to significantly increase our sales to international markets. We are strategically investing in targeted international market initiatives, including increasing management resources, expanding international product offerings, leveraging internationally recognized brands, such as Luber-finer and Airtex, and expanding our international catalog.

Enhance margins through our culture of operational excellence. We believe we have developed a culture that drives ongoing cost reduction and operational improvement through investments in automation and other process enhancements and the expansion of our global low-cost manufacturing, sourcing and distribution platform. We believe that our China manufacturing and sourcing capabilities position us to realize continued cost savings. Starting in 2012, efforts were initiated to (i) consolidate certain manufacturing operations to optimize the manufacturing footprint of our filtration, fuel delivery system and cooling systems product lines and (ii) streamline the distribution footprint of our filtration product line through the strategic consolidation of certain distribution facilities with existing FRAM Group distribution facilities. During 2013, we completed an expansion at our existing

 

30


Table of Contents

vehicle electronics facility to provide additional manufacturing capacity. In addition, we continue to execute our Product Source Optimization initiative, or PSO, launched in 2010, which utilizes our existing global footprint and unique category management insights to optimize the mix of products manufactured versus sourced and to determine the optimal manufacturing or sourcing location with a focus on increasing the utilization of our Chinese facilities. In addition to PSO, we believe that there are further cost improvements that will be captured through our collective global purchasing power, utilization of our low-cost country resources and further operational enhancements. Beginning in 2012 and thereafter, we implemented cost savings initiatives designed to mitigate any exposure to raw material shortages and price increases by leveraging our purchasing power across all product lines, including that of FRAM Group, and by rationalizing our supply base with regards to performance history. We believe this established culture of operational excellence and specific initiatives such as PSO and the manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization will continue to drive annual cost reductions in our core operations and administrative overhead.

Our Industry

We operate primarily in the North American aftermarket, which is large and fragmented. According to RL Polk, the number of vehicles in operation globally totals over one billion, of which approximately 252 million are located in the United States. Based on data available for 2014, we believe the addressable market for our current product lines servicing vehicles in North America represents over $10 billion of potential consumer spending.

The light vehicle aftermarket generally is stable and less susceptible to volatility in new vehicle sales. From 1999 through 2014, sales in the light-duty aftermarket grew at a CAGR of 3.4%, despite a 1.3% decline in 2009, and are projected to grow at a CAGR of 3.4% between 2012 and 2017. As an example of the aftermarket’s stability, while sales of new light vehicles in North America during 2009 declined 21.2%, sales in the aftermarket declined by only 1.3% in the same period.

Aftermarket sales generally are tied to the regular replacement cycle or the natural failure rate of a vehicle part; accordingly, we expect industry growth will be heavily influenced by the following key factors:

 

    Increasing global vehicle population: Growth in vehicle population represents increased demand for aftermarket parts. Registered passenger cars and light trucks in the United States increased by approximately 9.6% or 22 million from 2002 to 2014. RL Polk is forecasting that vehicles in operation will grow by 5% to more than 260 million vehicles by 2018.

 

    Aging of vehicle population: Average vehicle age also is a demand driver for light vehicle aftermarket parts and services. As vehicles age, increased maintenance is required, resulting in a greater demand for replacement parts. The average age of light vehicles in use in the United States grew from 9.6 years in 2002 to 11.4 years in 2014 and is expected to continue increasing due to the higher quality of vehicles sold today. Continued aging is expected to accelerate demand for aftermarket parts due to the large number of vehicles entering the prime age for maintenance (6-12 years) where warranties expire and ownership often changes hands. According to RL Polk, further evidence of an aging vehicle population, which can be seen in the age mix of vehicles, is the increase in the percentage of vehicles in the 11+ year old category, which has increased from 35.7% in 2007 to 45.9% in 2014 and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 4.4%.

 

    Increasing vehicle miles driven: Increased vehicle usage naturally leads to greater demand for replacement parts. Miles driven in the United States has increased over the last several decades. For example, between 1981 and 2010, miles driven in the United States increased at a CAGR of 2.3%, according to the U.S. Department of Transportation, and declined 3.3% in 2008, mainly due to sharp increases in fuel prices. While miles driven have increased five of the last six years, with the exception of a 2.2% decrease in 2011, the increases have been slow and intermittent, reflecting the U.S. economy’s slow recovery. Compared to the immediately preceding year, miles driven increased 1.6%, 0.6%, 0.8%, 0.6% and 1.5% in 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

 

    Growing heavy-duty aftermarket: The North American heavy-duty aftermarket is comprised of replacement parts and accessories for vehicles weighing more than 19,500 pounds. Increased North American freight activity and fleet utilization drive heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket demand. According to the American Trucking Association, truck tonnage climbed 6.0% in 2013 compared to an increase of 2.3% in 2012. Additionally, according to the AAIA the heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket grew by an estimated 3.2% in 2014 and is forecasted to grow at a CAGR of 3.4% between 2012 and 2017.

 

31


Table of Contents

Further, we believe that aftermarket dynamics will continue to be impacted by additional longer-term trends, such as the increasing complexity of vehicles and proliferation of related parts, blurring distinctions between the retail and traditional channels and ongoing industry consolidation, resulting in a customer base with more complex needs. These trends are driving industry participants to rely on suppliers that can provide a full product portfolio across multiple channels in a timely and reliable manner. We believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on these trends as we continue to partner with our customers who are leading aftermarket participants and have been active in industry consolidation.

Conversely, over the last several years, we have seen long-term trends including an increase in oil change service intervals to an average of 6,000 miles due to improved vehicle and product quality and a consumer shift from DIY to DIFM due to aggressive pricing by auto maintenance services, both of which have applied pressure to our business. We have also seen a decline in the replacement rate of fuel delivery systems parts driven by improved OEM product quality and other factors. We believe we are well positioned to respond to these trends as we continue to adjust our business strategies and cost structure to meet the changing market.

Products

We design, develop, manufacture and distribute replacement parts that can be used in a substantial majority of light vehicles in operation in North America, including approximately 95% of pre-2009 models. Our four product lines are filtration, fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems.

Filtration

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of a broad range of filtration products for the automotive, trucking, construction, mining, agricultural, marine and other industrial markets. Our filtration product line consists of approximately 5,400 part numbers, including oil filters, air filters, fuel filters, transmission filters, cabin air filters, PCV valves, hydraulic filters, fuel dispensing filters and fuel/water separators. These products serve approximately 1,500 customers across a wide range of channels, including premier retailers as well as the heavy-duty, installer and OEM/OES channels. Our filtration market position is bolstered by our broad portfolio of brands, which include private label brands such as ACDelco, Motorcraft, K&N and Service Champ, national consumer brands under exclusive license, including STP and Mobil 1, and our proprietary brands, Champ, Luber-finer, ACE and Kleener.

We have established ourselves as a low-cost provider in the aftermarket for filters by making significant investments in high-speed automated filter lines, low-cost country sourcing and increased manufacturing capabilities and efficiencies.

Fuel Delivery Systems

We are a leading provider of fuel delivery systems for the aftermarket, supplying approximately 2,000 part numbers to approximately 500 customers. Our fuel delivery systems are distributed under the proprietary brand Airtex as well as certain private labels, such as CARQUEST and NAPA.

In recent years, fuel delivery systems have become increasingly complex, transitioning from basic mechanical and electrical pumps to higher priced module assemblies, which we believe will constitute a majority of fuel delivery systems sales in the light vehicle aftermarket in the future. With our sophisticated engineering and operational capabilities, we believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this trend, as well as other emerging trends in the market, including diesel emissions regulations. Enhanced OEM product quality has increased the life expectancy for original fuel delivery systems, thus decreasing failure rates, which has negatively impacted aftermarket unit volumes. In addition, the increased volume and quality of foreign manufactured products has placed pricing pressures on the fuel delivery system market as a whole. We continue to adjust our manufacturing footprint and cost structure to attempt to mitigate the impact of these market changes.

 

32


Table of Contents

Vehicle Electronics

We are a leading designer and manufacturer of a broad line of vehicle electronics components for aftermarket and OEM applications. Vehicle electronics components include distributor caps and rotors, ignition coils, electronic controls, sensors, emissions components, solenoids, switches, voltage regulators and wire sets. These components are primarily used to regulate the ignition, emissions and fuel management functions of the engine and determine vehicle performance. By supplying approximately 37,000 part numbers to over 350 customers, we believe that we have one of the industry’s most comprehensive lines of highly engineered vehicle electronics products for use in a broad range of vehicle platforms. Our portfolio of brands in our vehicle electronics product line includes our Wells and Airtex Engine Management proprietary brand names and certain private labels, such as Duralast.

Given the increase in vehicle variety, complexity and electrical content over the last decade, the vehicle electronics product line is expected to grow as these new applications enter the light vehicle aftermarket.

Cooling Systems

We believe, based on management estimates, that we are the largest manufacturer of new light vehicle aftermarket cooling systems in the world, supplying approximately 1,900 part numbers to over 800 customers under our Airtex and ASC brands as well as private labels, such as CARQUEST, Duralast and Murray. In addition to the aftermarket, we manufacture cooling systems for strategic OEM applications.

Our leading market position is a result of our worldwide manufacturing, sourcing and distribution footprint, the broadest product coverage in the industry and value-added services. Over the past few decades, enhanced product quality has increased the life expectancy for cooling systems, thus decreasing failure rates, which negatively impacted aftermarket unit volumes. In the most recent years, the average price for cooling systems has decreased driving a shift in the industry away from remanufactured parts to new and more complex product applications. Combined with the proliferation of OEM parts, this has led to a greater number of lower unit volume, higher-value pumps.

Sales Channels and Customers

We capture demand throughout the life cycle of a vehicle by diversifying our sales among the various aftermarket sales channels. In the early part of a vehicle’s life, the OES channel services a significant percentage of vehicle maintenance and repair volume as the vehicle is still under the OEM warranty period. As vehicles age and the OEM warranty expires, consumers increasingly rely on the traditional and retail aftermarket channels for vehicle repair and maintenance.

The Light Vehicle Aftermarket

Replacement parts for the light vehicle aftermarket are distributed through two main channels:

 

    Retail: National chains that primarily serve the DIY group and are strategically pursuing the DIFM group by targeting independent repair shops and professional installers or “commercial” sales. Leading retail providers include Advance, AutoZone and O’Reilly.

 

    Traditional: Independent repair shops and professional installers supplied through providers like CARQUEST and NAPA, as well as buying groups such as The Alliance and The Network.

 

33


Table of Contents

Light Vehicle Aftermarket Channel Overview

 

LOGO

Retail

The retail channel is our largest channel, representing approximately 38% of our 2014 net sales, and historically has provided us with a steadily increasing revenue stream. As retailers become increasingly focused on consolidating their supplier base, we believe that our category management, broad product offering, product quality and customer-focused service make us increasingly valuable to these customers. One of our longest-standing customers is AutoZone, which we have been supplying since the opening of its first store in 1979. We have received multiple honorary awards from AutoZone based on our service, including the “Content Vendor of the Year” Award in 2013; and “Content Vendor of the Year” Award in 2012. Other honorary awards we have received in the retail channel include O’Reilly Auto Parts “Excellence in Cataloging and Content” Award in 2014; and “Best Use of YouTube Video” Award from Automotive Communications Council/Car Care Council Business-to-Consumer in 2012. We have successfully developed specific strategies to assist our retail customers with sales growth within our product lines that often exceeds growth in non-UCI product lines through category management, a key differentiator in the industry.

Traditional

The traditional channel is comprised of established warehouses and installers and represented approximately 20% of our 2014 net sales. The traditional channel is important to us because it is the primary source of products for professional mechanics, or the DIFM market. We have many long-standing relationships with leading providers in the traditional channel, such as CARQUEST and NAPA, to whom we have sold products for over 20 years. We believe that our product depth and outstanding product quality place us in a strong position in this channel, allowing us to capitalize on new traditional channel customer opportunities within the aftermarket. We believe that professional mechanics place a premium on the quality of a product and unlike the retail channel, these users require manufacturers to provide a high level of individual customer service, including field support and product breadth.

 

34


Table of Contents

Awards from customers in the traditional channel include: NAPA Canada “Club 95 Award” in 2013; Channel Partner “Outstanding Shipping Performance” Award in 2012; NAPA “Canada Shipping Performance” Award in 2012; Babcox Publishing “AMN Newsmaker of the Year” Award in 2012; National Association of Autoparts Service Shops “National Prize of Quality” Award 2012 and “Finalist of the Pilot in 2012” Award for logistic excellence from Spain.

The traditional channel also includes installers such as quick lubes, tire dealers and full service gas stations. Almost all of our sales to installers consist of filtration products, which are supplied to the national and regional service chains through distributors such as Firestone and Service Champ. Installers require “Just-In-Time” availability, ability to meet competitive price points and product breadth and depth. We believe these capabilities will allow our customers to capture additional revenue and increase customer satisfaction.

Heavy-Duty Vehicle Aftermarket

We believe the large and highly fragmented heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket channel, which accounted for approximately 10% of our 2014 net sales, provides us with another strong opportunity for growth. Heavy-duty truck owners tend to be less price-sensitive and more diligent about maintenance of their vehicles than vehicle owners in other markets. We believe we have developed a well-recognized brand presence in this channel with our Luber-finer brand of filtration products which has further opportunity for growth given our relatively small market share in this channel both domestically and internationally. We supply several points within the channel, including large distributors such as FleetPride and TruckPro as well as individual service depots.

Original Equipment

The original equipment channel is comprised of two sources: OEM and OES. This combined channel, which comprised 26% of our 2014 net sales, provides the ability to capitalize on our relationships with original equipment manufacturers to participate in emerging product trends and access OEM dealership service bays for vehicle maintenance early on in a vehicle’s life cycle.

OEM

We selectively participate in this channel to gain visibility into emerging product trends and to strengthen our credibility as an OEM supplier where we believe that we can achieve our targeted margins. We sell products to a strategic mix of OEMs, enabling us to capitalize on a number of different opportunities and market shifts. Our OEM products are sold to end-users within each of the following categories:

 

    Automotive: Ford, GM and Remy

 

    Heavy-duty Truck: Caterpillar/Perkins, Freightliner, Cummins and Parker-Hannifin

 

    Motorcycle: Harley-Davidson and Kawasaki

 

    Recreational Equipment: Onan and Polaris

 

    Agriculture: Deere and Kubota

 

    Marine: Mercury Marine and Sierra Supply

 

    Lawn and Garden: Briggs and Stratton, Deere and Kohler

We are benefiting from the recent OEM channel recovery following the difficult economic environment in 2008 and early 2009. We continue to selectively pursue long life-cycle OEM contracts including contracts with Caterpillar/Perkins, Ford and GM in our cooling systems and fuel delivery systems product lines, which are all in full production.

OES

The OES channel is comprised of a diverse mix of dealership service bays in the automotive, truck, motorcycle and watercraft vehicle markets. A substantial majority of our OES net sales were derived from sales of filtration and vehicle electronics products. Our position in this channel allows us to capitalize on vehicle maintenance in the early years of a vehicle’s life, when the vehicle is under warranty and the consumer typically returns to the dealer for routine maintenance. We utilize our industry leading direct ship

 

35


Table of Contents

logistics capability to allow these customers to reduce their overall working capital investment and improve their product flow. Our most significant OES channel customers include service parts operations associated with companies such as GM, Ford and Chrysler. In 2013, our filtration and vehicle electronics businesses received the Certificate of Excellence Platinum Supplier Status from GM for Customer Care and Aftersales On-Time Shipping. Our vehicle electronics business received the “Certificate of Excellence Gold Supplier Status” in 2012.

Competition

Within each of our product lines, we compete on price, part offerings, delivery time, quality, technology, product support and value added services. All of our product lines are highly competitive, although each line has a different competitive dynamic.

Filtration. The North American filter aftermarket is comprised of both light and heavy-duty vehicle participants. The light duty filter aftermarket is comprised of several large U.S. manufacturers that compete with us, including FRAM Group under its FRAM brand (a related party as a result of the common ownership by Mr. Graeme Hart), MANN+HUMMEL under its Purolator brand and The Affinia Group under its Wix brand. Our primary heavy-duty vehicle competitors include Cummins under its Fleetguard brand, Donaldson and CLARCOR under its Baldwin brand.

Fuel Delivery Systems. Fuel delivery systems in the North American aftermarket have become increasingly complex, transitioning from basic mechanical and electrical pumps to higher priced module assemblies. Our primary fuel delivery systems competitors are Crowne LLC under its Carter brand, ACDelco, Delphi, Spectra Premium and Bosch.

Vehicle Electronics. The vehicle electronics category is expected to grow given the increase in vehicle variety, complexity and electrical content. Our primary vehicle electronics competitors are Standard Motor Products and ACDelco.

Cooling Systems. Competition in the cooling systems space is limited to a few competitors, including GMB North America, Inc. and Gates Corporation.

Sales and Marketing

We market our products to a wide range of customers across a variety of global sales channels. To effectively address the requirements of our customers and end-users, we organize our team of over 140 employees and independent representatives by a combination of sales channel and product line. Each sales group and representative is uniquely qualified to sell all of our products and has specific expertise to focus on the requirements of their particular sales channel, product line and market, bolstering our market positions. In addition, we have a centralized in-house sales force for selected markets, including regional traditional channel participants and international customers. We have a dedicated marketing group that promotes our products through selected activities including extensive cataloging, industry trade shows and print media. We are increasing our efforts in selected international markets by investing in an expanded international catalog and strategic management additions.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table reflects our net sales by region for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

United States

   $ 815.8       $ 820.7       $ 840.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mexico

  45.0      37.5      22.2   

Canada

  44.1      33.8      32.7   

United Kingdom

  14.2      14.3      12.2   

France

  14.2      13.5      11.7   

China

  13.1      12.7      8.5   

Germany

  10.7      10.1      8.9   

Spain

  7.1      7.9      4.6   

Other

  45.6      45.4      43.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All non-U.S.

  194.0      175.2      144.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,009.8    $ 995.9    $ 984.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operations

We have a global and low-cost manufacturing, procurement and distribution platform, including a presence of over 20 years in both China and Mexico. We have invested significantly in automation throughout our operations as part of our culture of operational excellence. This culture relies on continuous improvement in quality, inventory management, customer delivery and maximizing plant utilization. We have made substantial progress in improving our cost structure and overall productivity and our results reflect the related benefits realized to date.

Our procurement organization, comprised of approximately 58 employees, includes centralized corporate level resources and dedicated commodity buyers at each of our manufacturing locations. Our overall global procurement strategy is to secure a stable supply chain, leveraging our collective buying power while mitigating risk. Our standardized policies and processes for purchase orders, supply agreements and commodity risk management are in place and managed from the corporate level. Enabling this strategy are our two procurement offices in China, which are focused on low cost product development, supplier development, engineering and supply chain capabilities. Specific raw material and product expertise typically resides at our manufacturing locations and is leveraged and coordinated globally with overall procurement activities through our centralized procurement organization.

We have a world-wide distribution network, including our own facilities in North America, Europe and Asia, in addition to strategic distributor relationships on other continents. This network provides us the capability to efficiently distribute our products on a global basis. We have a unique capability to direct ship on a daily basis to individual customer service locations, bypassing their distribution network, thereby reducing their inventory levels and logistics costs.

We provide extensive technical and installation support to our customers and end-users, including product training and toll-free technical service lines manned by our own personnel.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

We purchase various raw materials, components and finished goods for use in our manufacturing processes as well as purchase finished products for resale. In 2014, we procured goods and services from approximately 1,400 suppliers. Our raw materials include hot roll steel and other commodities such as aluminum, iron, resin, rubber and multiple petrochemical products, including packaging materials and media. During periods of peak demand for our raw materials, we experience significant price volatility, increases and/or surcharges. More recently, the volatility associated with many of the commodities in our business has been coupled with supply and demand issues resulting in increased prices for some of the materials we use. While we have been, and expect to continue to be, able to obtain sufficient quantities of these raw materials to satisfy our needs, due to volatility and allocation, we may be

 

37


Table of Contents

required to pay higher prices and/or be required to purchase across multiple suppliers adding complexity into the supply chain, or have difficulty procuring these raw materials. Beginning in 2012 and thereafter, we implemented cost savings initiatives designed to mitigate any exposure to raw material shortages and price increases by leveraging our purchasing power across all product lines, including that of FRAM Group, and by rationalizing our supply base with regards to performance history. Historically, we have been able to pass a portion of higher commodity prices on to our customers through contractual clauses or negotiated price increases.

Trademarks and Patents

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret protection, employee and third-party non-disclosure agreements, license arrangements and domain name registrations to protect our intellectual property. We sell many of our products under a number of registered trademarks, which we believe are widely recognized in the sales channels we serve. No single patent, trademark or trade name is material to our business as a whole. See “Litigation – Patent Litigation” for more information.

Employees

We had approximately 3,900 employees as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 63%, 67% and 69%, respectively, of our workforce was located in the U.S. and approximately 25%, 22% and 18%, respectively, was located in China. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 10% of our workforce was represented by union affiliations and collective bargaining agreements at two of our U.S. manufacturing locations. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fond du Lac, Wisconsin plant expires in April 2015. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fairfield, Illinois plant was renewed in August 2014 for three years and will expire in August 2017. Management considers our labor relations to be good and our labor rates competitive.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes and the investigation and cleanup of contaminated sites. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. We are also subject to the U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Act and similar state and foreign laws. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable material environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the United States. Historically, our costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements have not been material to our operations.

We may be subject to liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state or foreign laws for contaminated properties that we currently own, lease or operate or that we or our predecessors have previously owned, leased or operated, and sites to which we or our predecessors sent hazardous substances. Such liability may be joint and several so that we may be liable for more than our share of contamination, and any such liability may be determined without regard to fault or knowledge of contamination.

We are currently investigating and/or remediating, or are otherwise currently responsible for, contamination at several sites for which management believes it has adequate reserves. One of these sites is a former facility in Edison, New Jersey, where a state agency has ordered us to continue with the monitoring and investigation of chlorinated solvent groundwater contamination. On or about October 8, 2014, the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection issued a Response Action Outcome to us, resulting in the closure of the remediation site with no further action required on our part. We also have certain responsibilities for contamination identified at a previously owned site in Solano County, California. At the request of the regional water board, we are investigating and analyzing the nature and extent of the chlorinated solvent groundwater contamination at the site and are conducting some remediation. Based on currently available information, management believes that the cost of the ultimate outcome of these matters will not exceed the amounts accrued at December 31, 2014 by a material amount, if at all. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for details regarding such accrued amounts.

 

38


Table of Contents

Litigation

Antitrust Litigation

Starting in 2008, UCI and Champion were named as defendants in class actions on behalf of all persons that purchased aftermarket filters in the U.S. directly from the defendants, from 1999 to March 8, 2012. Other actions were putative class actions on behalf of all persons who acquired indirectly aftermarket filters manufactured and/or distributed by one or more of the defendants, from 1999 to March 8, 2012, (collectively, the “U.S. Actions”). Also in 2008, Champion, but not UCI, was named as a defendant in two separate complaints in Ontario and Quebec (the “Ontario Action” and the “Quebec Action”, respectively, and, collectively, the “Canadian Actions”). The complaints included allegations similar to those in the U.S. Actions, and were brought as putative class actions on behalf of all persons in Canada that purchased aftermarket filters directly or indirectly from the defendants.

U.S. Actions

On February 9, 2012, the parties announced that Champion and two other defendants had reached an agreement in principle with all plaintiffs to settle the U.S. Actions. During 2012, the settlement agreement was executed, approved by the court, paid and finalized. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred post-trial costs of $1.2 million. The settlement was accrued for as of December 31, 2011.

Canadian Actions

On September 12, 2013, all defendants executed a settlement agreement with all plaintiffs in the Canadian Actions. The Ontario Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement with respect to the Ontario Action on October 3, 2013, which was recorded and paid by Champion to a trust account for the benefit of the settlement class members in the Canadian Actions during the year ended December 31, 2013. The settlement of the Ontario Action was approved by the court in January 2014. The settlement of the Quebec Action was approved by the court in April 2014.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred post-trial costs of less than $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded $0.1 million associated with the Canadian Actions settlement and incurred post-trial costs of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions.

Value-added Tax Receivable

One of our wholly-owned Mexican subsidiaries had outstanding receivables denominated in Mexican pesos in the amount of $2.2 million from the Mexican Department of Finance and Public Credit related to refunds of Mexican value-added tax. In June 2013, the refund payment was received totaling $4.4 million (57.7 million Mexican pesos) including claims, interest and inflation of $2.0 million (25.5 million Mexican pesos), $1.8 million (23.3 million Mexican pesos) and $0.6 million (8.9 million Mexican pesos), respectively.

In addition, our Mexican subsidiary received a letter dated April 9, 2013 giving notification that the tax court had agreed to refund claims totaling $0.3 million (3.7 million Mexican pesos). On April 25, 2013, a refund payment was received totaling $0.7 million (8.2 million Mexican pesos) including interest and inflation of $0.3 million (3.3 million Mexican pesos) and $0.1 million (1.2 million Mexican pesos), respectively.

One of our wholly-owned Chinese subsidiaries had outstanding duty and value-added tax claims denominated in Chinese yuan in the amount of $2.0 million (RMB 12.5 million) with the Chinese tax authority. The claims relate to the refund of duties and value-added tax for equipment purchases made in 2005 – 2007 for use in the production of product for export. Due to concerns about the collectability of the refunds, no receivable had been previously recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded the collection of $1.9 million of the claims and recorded a receivable of $0.1 million for amounts still to be refunded.

 

39


Table of Contents

Patent Litigation

Champion was named as a defendant in a complaint filed by Hengst, on August 23, 2013 in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, Columbia Division, pursuant to which Hengst claimed that certain of Champion’s products infringed on a Hengst patent. On February 14, 2014, Champion and Hengst reached a settlement of this litigation. The settlement included the payment of $2.2 million by Champion to Hengst, a license from Hengst to Champion of certain intellectual property in exchange for royalty payments, $0.8 million in rebates granted to Champion for future purchases by Champion of Hengst products, and the dismissal with prejudice of this case. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Champion made scheduled payments of $1.4 million. The remainder of payments will be made in installments of $0.2 million on or before July 1 of each year 2015 through 2018. As of December 31, 2014, Champion had accrued liabilities of $0.8 million for the settlement. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred post-settlement costs of $0.2 million.

Product Recall

In January 2014, we were notified by one of our customers that the customer was recalling certain defective parts manufactured by one of our U.S. subsidiaries. On October 30, 2014, we reached agreement with the customer for settlement and full release of claims associated with this recall. As of December 31, 2014, we had a reserve of $0.6 million for the settlement of the recall in the consolidated balance sheet, which was originally recorded as of December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recalled certain defective products manufactured by our Chinese operations and distributed by our Spanish subsidiary. As of December 31, 2014, we had paid $0.9 million (€0.8 million) of costs related to this matter and a remaining accrual of $0.1 million (€0.1 million) is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2014, we have filed claims totaling $0.9 million (€0.8 million) with our insurance carrier and received reimbursement for claims and product recall costs totaling $0.9 million (€0.7 million), including $0.2 million (€0.2 million) received during the year ended December 31, 2014, under our insurance coverage, which was recorded as a reduction in warranty expenses. No additional provisions for this matter were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Other Litigation

We are subject to various other contingencies, including routine legal proceedings and claims arising out of the normal course of business. These proceedings primarily involve commercial claims, product liability claims, personal injury claims and workers’ compensation claims. The outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty. Nevertheless, we believe that the outcome of any of these currently existing proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

We are a holding company that conducts its business operations through its controlled entities. The following diagram sets forth a summary of our corporate structure and certain financing arrangements following the completion of the Transactions. Certain intermediate holding companies have been omitted from this chart for convenience.

 

LOGO

 

* Guarantor of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities
May be subsidiaries of U.S. Operating Subsidiaries

UCI’s principal U.S. operating subsidiaries are Airtex Products, LP, ASC Industries, Inc., Champion Laboratories, Inc. and Wells Manufacturing, LP.

 

41


Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment

We currently maintain 15 manufacturing facilities, 11 of which are located in North America, two in Europe and two in China. In addition, we maintain 9 distribution and warehouse facilities. Listed below are the locations of our principal manufacturing facilities:

 

Location

   Owned/Leased    Square Footage     

Products Manufactured

North America         
Albion, Illinois I    Owned      319,000       Spin-on Oil Filters; Heavy-duty Lube Filters; Micro Glass Elements
Albion, Illinois II    Owned      53,000       Spin-on Oil Filters; Poly Panel Air Filters
Albion, Illinois III    Owned      50,000       Heavy-duty Lube Units; Round Air Filters
Albion, Illinois IV    Owned      105,000       Heavy-duty Air Filters; Radial Air Filters; Automotive Conical and Radial Air Filters
Shelby Township, Michigan    Leased      30,000       Auto Fuel Filters
Fairfield, Illinois I    Owned      183,000       Electric and Mechanical Fuel Pump Components
Fairfield, Illinois II    Owned      457,000       Electric Fuel Pump Assemblies and Components; Mechanical Fuel Pumps and Components
North Canton, Ohio    Leased      285,000       Water Pump Assemblies
Panzacola, Tlaxcala, Mexico    Leased      123,000       Water and Fuel Pumps Assemblies
Fond du Lac, Wisconsin    Owned      99,000       Electronic Controls; Sensors; Voltage Regulators
Reynosa, Mexico    Owned      108,000       Coils; Distributor Caps and Rotors; Sensors; Solenoids; Switches and Wire Sets
Europe         
Mansfield Park, United Kingdom    Leased      100,000       Radial Seal Air Filters; Poly Panel Air Filters; Heavy-duty Air Filters; Dust Collection Filters
Zaragoza, Spain    Leased      86,000       Water Pump Assemblies and Components
China         
Tianjin, China    Land leased/Building
owned
     162,000       Water Pump Components
Tianjin Economic Development Areas, China    Leased      60,000       Fuel Pump Components

 

42


Table of Contents
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, without limitation, those set forth in “Part I, Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and other matters included elsewhere in this annual report. In addition, the following discussion covers periods prior to the consummation of the Transactions. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of those historical periods does not reflect the significant impact that the Transactions had and will have on us, including significantly increased leverage and liquidity requirements. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for a discussion of new indebtedness that we incurred and former indebtedness that we repaid as part of the Transactions. The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report, as well as the information presented under “Part I, Item 3. Key Information — Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Overview

We are a leading supplier to the light-and heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket for replacement parts, supplying a broad range of filtration, fuel delivery systems, vehicle electronics and cooling systems products. We believe, based on management estimates, that we maintain a leading market position in each of our four product lines, including the number one market position by revenue in both fuel delivery systems and cooling systems in the North American light vehicle aftermarket. For the year ended December 31, 2014, approximately 78% of our net sales, including approximately 10% related to our OES channel, were generated from sales to a diverse group of aftermarket customers, including some of the largest and fastest growing companies in our industry. We have developed a global and low-cost manufacturing, sourcing and distribution platform and we sell into multiple sales channels, including retailers, wholesale distributors, dealers and the heavy-duty vehicle market. Our principal end-markets include light vehicles, commercial vehicles and construction, mining, agricultural, marine and other industrial equipment. We believe we have one of the most comprehensive product lines in the aftermarket, offering approximately 46,300 unique part numbers.

Aftermarket sales generally are tied to the regular replacement cycle or the natural failure rate of a vehicle part; accordingly, we expect industry growth will be heavily influenced by the following key factors: increasing global vehicle population, aging of vehicle population, increasing vehicle miles driven and growing heavy-duty aftermarket. Over the last several years, long-term trends have included an increase in oil change service intervals to an average of 6,000 miles due to improved vehicle and product quality and a consumer shift from DIY to DIFM resulting from aggressive pricing by auto maintenance services, both of which have applied pressure to our business. We have also seen a decline in the replacement rate of fuel delivery systems parts driven by improved OEM product quality and other factors.

The following is a discussion of the key line items included in the financial statements for the periods presented below under the heading “Results of Operations.” These are the measures that management utilizes most to assess our results of operations and anticipate future trends and risks in our business.

Components of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Net Sales

Net sales, including related party sales to FRAM Group, includes the selling price of our products sold to our customers, less provisions for warranty costs, estimated sales returns, customer allowances and cash discounts. In addition, up-front costs to obtain exclusive contracts and other new business changeover costs are recorded as a reduction to sales in arriving at net sales. Recording such provisions as a reduction to sales is customary in our

 

43


Table of Contents

industry. Provisions for sales returns, customer allowances and warranty costs are recorded at the time of sale based upon historical experience, current trends and our expectations regarding future experience. Adjustments to such sales returns, allowances and warranty costs are made as new information becomes available.

As most of our sales are to the aftermarket, we believe that our sales are primarily driven by the number of vehicles on the road, the average age of those vehicles, the average number of miles driven per year, the mix of light trucks to passenger cars on the road and the relative strength of our sales channels. Historically, our sales have not been materially adversely affected by market cyclicality, as we believe that our aftermarket sales are less dependent on economic conditions than our sales to OEMs, due to the generally non-discretionary nature of vehicle maintenance and repair. While many vehicle maintenance and repair expenses are non-discretionary in nature, high gasoline prices and difficult economic conditions can lead to a reduction in miles driven (a key metric in measuring aftermarket performance), which then results in increased time intervals for routine maintenance and vehicle parts lasting longer before needing replacement. Over the last several years, long-term trends have included an increase in oil change service intervals to an average of 6,000 miles due to improved vehicle and product quality and a consumer shift from DIY to DIFM resulting from aggressive pricing by auto maintenance services, both of which have applied pressure to our business. We have also seen a decline in the replacement rate of fuel delivery systems parts driven by improved OEM product quality and other factors.

Historical highs in crude oil prices experienced in 2008 and corresponding historical highs at that time in retail gasoline prices at the pump negatively impacted consumers’ driving and vehicle maintenance habits. While miles driven have increased five of the six years since 2008, with the exception of a 2.2% decrease in 2011, the increases have been small and intermittent, reflecting the U.S. economy’s slow recovery. Compared to the prior year, miles driven increased 1.6%, 0.6%, 0.8%, 0.6% and 1.5% in 2009, 2010, 2012 and 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Our net sales are impacted by consumer discretionary spending for auto repair by the end-users of our products. For example, during the years 2009 through 2011, general consumer discretionary spending was affected by significant increases in U.S. average gasoline prices at the pump, which increased approximately 83% from January 2009 through December 2011. Although U.S. average gasoline prices for the years 2011, 2012 and 2013 and through the third quarter of 2014 were similar, there remained a significant amount of volatility in gasoline prices. Over this period, we saw sequential increases in six of the eleven quarters ranging from 1.0% to 8.1%, and decreases ranging from 1.5% to 7.8% in the other five quarters. The spikes in gasoline prices reflect the near record highs reached in March, April and September 2012. More recently, the fourth quarter of 2014 saw a 17.9% decrease in U.S. average gasoline prices compared to the prior quarter and U.S. average gasoline prices for December 2014 were at levels not seen since September and October 2009.

We believe that we have leading market positions in our primary product lines, based on management estimates, and we continue to expand our product and service offerings to meet the needs of our customers. We believe that a key competitive advantage is that we have one of the most comprehensive product offerings in the vehicle replacement parts market, consisting of approximately 46,300 parts. This product breadth, along with our extensive manufacturing and distribution capabilities, product innovation and reputation for quality and service, makes us a leader in our industry.

It is also important to note that net sales to AutoZone accounted for 27.2%, 29.2% and 32.6% of our total net sales in the years end December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. AutoZone is considered to be a leader in the North American aftermarket and, as with all of our customers, we make efforts to maintain and strengthen our relationship with AutoZone. Our failure to maintain a favorable relationship with AutoZone would result in a significant decrease in our net sales. Even if we maintain our relationship, this sales concentration with one customer increases the potential impact to our business that could result from any changes in the economic terms of this relationship or a change in AutoZone’s business.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes all costs of manufacturing required to bring a product to a ready-for-sale condition, as well as costs to warehouse and distribute products to customers. Such costs include direct and indirect materials (net of vendor considerations), direct and indirect labor costs (including pension, post-retirement and other fringe benefits), supplies, utilities, freight, depreciation, insurance and other costs. Cost of sales also includes all costs to procure, package and ship products which are purchased and resold.

 

44


Table of Contents

With the slow recovery in the general U.S. economy, we have experienced increases in certain commodities costs and extended supply lead times as a result of suppliers having reduced their capacity during the economic downturn. In addition, we have experienced longer lead times and expedited freight costs due to logistics constraints in connection with shipping product from China. Continued economic recovery would likely increase the demand for many of the commodities used in our business. While we have been, and expect to continue to be, able to obtain sufficient quantities of these commodities to satisfy our needs, increased demand from current levels for these commodities could result in further cost increases and may make procurement more difficult in the future.

In addition to the adverse impact of increasing commodities and energy costs, we may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, primarily relating to the Mexican peso and the Chinese yuan. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso means that our Mexican operations pay more pesos to obtain inventory from the United States. Conversely, a weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso means that our Mexican operations pay fewer pesos to obtain inventory from the United States. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Mexican peso by 12.8% and 1.6%, respectively. Historically, our Mexican operations sourced a significant amount of inventory from the United States.

Meanwhile, during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the value of the Chinese yuan decreased by 2.4% and increased by 2.9%, respectively. A decrease of the Chinese yuan against the U.S. dollar means the costs of goods imported from China that are denominated in Chinese yuan will decrease. Conversely, an increase of the Chinese yuan against the U.S. dollar means the costs of goods imported from China that are denominated in Chinese yuan will increase.

Generally, we attempt to mitigate the effects of cost increases and currency changes via a combination of design changes, material substitution, global resourcing efforts, other cost savings initiatives and increases in the selling prices for our products. With respect to pricing, it should be noted that, while the terms of supplier and customer contracts and special pricing arrangements can vary, generally a time lag exists between when we incur increased costs and when we might recover a portion of the higher costs through increased pricing. This time lag typically spans a fiscal quarter or more, depending on the specific situation. We continue to pursue efforts to mitigate the effects of any cost increases; however, there are no assurances that we will be successful. To the extent that we are unsuccessful, our profit margins will be adversely affected, and even if we are successful in maintaining our gross margin dollars, our gross margin percentages will decline. Because of uncertainties regarding future commodities and energy prices, and the success of our mitigation efforts, it is difficult to estimate the impact of changes in commodities and energy costs on future operating results.

We have implemented a number of cost savings initiatives in recent years to align our cost structure with current business levels and we have continued to implement costs savings initiatives throughout 2014. Cost savings initiatives have included workforce reductions in both direct and indirect manufacturing headcounts. Also, effective March 15, 2012, certain of our defined benefit retirement plans were amended to freeze the plans for all non-union participants and were replaced with an enhanced benefit under our defined contribution plans. Tight controls over discretionary spending are expected to continue. These cost savings actions helped offset the adverse impact of higher material costs.

We are realizing cost savings and operational efficiencies related to cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. See further discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Cost Sharing and Manufacturing Arrangements with FRAM Group.” During 2012, we conducted a comprehensive review of our business with the assistance of third party consultants and identified a number of potential profit improvement opportunities. We have detailed plans regarding these opportunities that have been or are currently being implemented.

 

45


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include the sales and marketing and general and administrative costs. Major cost elements include executive, accounting and administrative personnel salaries and fringe benefits (including pension, post-retirement and other fringe benefits), professional fees, insurance, provisions for doubtful accounts, rent, depreciation, advertising and information technology costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our most critical accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our experience and assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may vary from what we anticipate, and different assumptions or estimates about the future could change our reported results.

We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in that they significantly affect our financial statements, and they require our most significant estimates and complex judgments.

Revenue Recognition

We record sales, including related party sales to FRAM Group, when title has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and the collection of the related accounts receivable is reasonably assured. Our related party sales to FRAM Group are entered into on an arm’s-length basis documented by product purchase orders.

Some agreements with our customers provide for sales discounts, marketing allowances, return allowances and performance incentives. Any discount, allowance or incentive is treated as a reduction to sales, based on estimates of the criteria that give rise to the discount, allowance or incentive, such as sales volume and marketing spending. We routinely review these criteria and our estimating process and make adjustments as facts and circumstances change.

In order to obtain exclusive contracts with certain customers, we may incur up-front costs or assume the cost of returns of products sold by the previous supplier. The up-front costs are capitalized and amortized over the life of the contract as a reduction of sales. The cost of returns of products sold by the previous supplier is recorded as a reduction to net sales as incurred.

New business changeover costs also can include the costs related to removing a new customer’s inventory and replacing it with our inventory, commonly referred to as a “stocklift.” Stocklift costs are recorded as a reduction to sales when incurred.

Our customers have the right to return parts that are covered under our standard warranty within stated warranty periods. Our customers also have the right, in varying degrees, to return excess quantities of product. Credits for parts returned under warranty and parts returned because of customer excess quantities are estimated and recorded as a reduction to sales at the time of the related sales. These estimates are based on historical experience, current trends and our expectations regarding future experience. Revisions to these estimates are recorded in the period in which the facts and circumstances that give rise to the revision become known. Any significant increase in the amount of product returns above historical levels could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Our product returns accrual was $37.6 million at December 31, 2014. A hypothetical 10% increase in the product returns accrual would decrease our pre-tax earnings by $3.8 million.

 

46


Table of Contents

The table below provides a summary reconciliation of sales to net sales for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Sales

   $ 1,126.8       $ 1,098.6       $ 1,083.3   

Provision for warranty costs and sales returns

     (55.8      (47.1      (40.6

Provision for customer contractual sales deductions

     (48.9      (46.2      (50.9

New business costs and other

     (12.3      (9.4      (7.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales

$ 1,009.8    $ 995.9    $ 984.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restructuring Charges

We recognize a liability for restructuring charges in the period in which the liability is incurred. These restructuring charges include costs for certain initiatives such as consolidation of operations or facilities, management reorganization, rationalization of non-manufacturing infrastructure, outsourcing of non-core components and asset impairments. See Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for a more detailed discussion of restructuring charges.

Inventory

We record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using standard cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. Estimated market value is based on assumptions for future demand and related pricing. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, reductions in the value of inventory may be required.

Impairment of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

Goodwill is subject to annual review unless conditions arise that require a more frequent evaluation. The review for impairment is either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If we choose to perform a qualitative assessment and determine that the fair value more likely than not exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. For the two-step process, the first step is to compare the estimated fair value of the business with the recorded net book value (including the goodwill). If the estimated fair value of the company is higher than the recorded net book value, no impairment is deemed to exist and no further testing is required. If, however, the estimated fair value of the company is below the recorded net book value, then a second step must be performed to determine the goodwill impairment required, if any. In this second step, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of the business over the fair values assigned to its assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the book value of the goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss.

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review as of December 31 each year using discounted future cash flows, unless conditions exist that would require a more frequent evaluation. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective because it requires the use of estimates and assumptions as to future cash flows, discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets, future economic and market conditions, competition, customer relations, pricing, raw material costs, production costs, selling, general and administrative costs, and income and other taxes. Although we base cash flow forecasts on assumptions that are consistent with plans and estimates we use to manage our business, there is significant judgment in determining the cash flows.

Trademarks with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of December 31, unless conditions arise that would require a more frequent evaluation. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, projections regarding estimated discounted future cash flows and other factors are made to determine if impairment has occurred. If we conclude that there has been impairment, we will write down the carrying value of the asset to its fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of forecasted lower branded sales, including a change by a customer from our branded to private label products and another customer’s decision to

 

47


Table of Contents

change suppliers, we tested the recoverable amount of this intangible as of June 30, 2014 and recognized an impairment loss of $38.0 million. No additional impairment loss was required as a result of the annual impairment test as of December 31, 2014. See further discussion in Note 7 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

We also evaluate those trademarks with indefinite lives to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite lives. We have concluded that events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite lives of these trademarks.

Retirement Benefits

Pension obligations are actuarially determined and are affected by assumptions including discount rate, life expectancy, annual compensation increases and the expected rate of return on plan assets. Changes in the discount rate and differences between actual results and assumptions will affect the amount of pension expense we recognize in future periods.

Post-retirement benefit obligations are actuarially determined and are based on assumptions including discount rate, life expectancy and health care cost trends. Changes in the discount rate and differences between actual results and assumptions will affect the amount of expense we recognize in future periods.

Insurance Reserves

Our insurance policies for workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability include high deductibles or self-insured retention (up to $0.5 million) for which we are responsible, which are recorded in accrued expenses. Estimates of such losses involve substantial uncertainties including litigation trends, the severity of reported claims and incurred but not yet reported claims. External actuaries are used to assist us in estimating these losses. Our self-insured insurance reserves, including group medical insurance reserves, were $7.3 million at December 31, 2014. A hypothetical 10% increase in the insurance reserve would decrease our pre-tax earnings by $0.7 million.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. We establish valuation allowances against deferred tax assets when the ability to fully utilize these benefits is determined to be uncertain. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable in the years in which they are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax law is recognized in tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

We do not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested. Where we do not intend to permanently reinvest earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, we provide for U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. withholding taxes, where applicable, on undistributed earnings.

We record a liability for uncertain tax positions when management concludes that the likelihood of sustaining such positions upon examination by taxing authorities is less than “more-likely-than-not.” We also record any interest and penalties related to these uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax benefit (expense) in the audited statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Accounting for Business Combinations

We account for business combinations, where the business is acquired from an unrelated third party, under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires the acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities to be recorded as of the acquisition date at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and liabilities assumed is allocated to goodwill.

 

48


Table of Contents

The allocation of purchase price to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed involves assessments of the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates at the date of the acquisition. Where appropriate, we consult with external advisors to assist in the determination of fair value. For non-observable market values, fair value has been determined using acceptable valuation principles (e.g., relief from royalty method). Subsequent changes in our assessments may trigger an impairment loss that would be recognized in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

Goodwill and acquired indefinite life intangible assets are not amortized. Other acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the period of expected benefit in relation to the pattern in which the intangible assets are consumed.

The results of operations for businesses acquired are included in our financial statements from the date of the acquisition.

Results of Operations

The following table was derived from the audited consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The amounts are presented in millions of dollars.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Net sales

      

Third party net sales

   $ 958.5      $ 928.0      $ 928.1   

Related party net sales

     51.3        67.9        56.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  1,009.8      995.9      984.5   

Cost of sales

  871.2      837.2      775.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  138.6      158.7      209.3   

Gross margin %

  13.7   15.9   21.3

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative

  (63.2   (84.7   (96.8

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  (22.2   (22.2   (22.2

Restructuring costs, net

  (16.9   (7.6   (5.9

Trademark impairment loss

  (38.0   (2.0   —     

Patent litigation costs

  (0.2   (2.2   —     

Antitrust litigation costs

  —        (0.2   (1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

  (1.9   39.8      83.2   

Interest expense, net

  (50.4   (51.4   (54.8

Miscellaneous, net

  (8.6   (3.6   (6.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (60.9   (15.2   22.2   

Income tax benefit (expense)

  24.7      3.0      (7.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

$ (36.2 $ (12.2 $ 14.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2014 compared with Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net sales. Net sales of $1,009.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $13.9 million, or 1.4%, compared to net sales of $995.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding related party sales, our net sales increased $30.5 million, or 3.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net sales for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 for our four product lines are in the following table, derived from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the respective periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      %     2013      %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Filtration

   $ 345.4         34   $ 377.4         38

Cooling systems

     271.9         27     223.8         22

Vehicle electronics

     218.9         22     208.5         21

Fuel delivery systems

     173.6         17     186.2         19
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,009.8      100 $ 995.9      100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales in our filtration product line decreased $32.0 million, or 8.5%, primarily the result of a $16.4 million reduction in related party sales to FRAM Group, $11.9 million of lower private label pricing including new customer changeover costs and $3.9 million in lower net sales across our retail, heavy duty and OEM/OES channels, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in traditional channel net sales.

Net sales in our cooling systems product line increased $48.1 million, or 21.5%, primarily due to $48.9 million from higher OEM/OES channel volumes mainly related to OEM projects which launched and ramped up during 2013, $4.0 million from higher traditional channel volumes including a new customer and $1.8 million from favorable product mix, partially offset by $5.5 million from the impact of lower retail pricing and higher product warranty costs and $1.9 million in lower retail channel net sales.

Net sales in our vehicle electronics product line increased $10.4 million, or 5.0%, primarily due to $16.4 million increase in the retail channel net sales primarily related to new product rollouts, $1.6 million in higher traditional channel volumes and $1.1 million in higher OEM/OES channel volumes, partially offset by $8.7 million from lower retail and traditional channel customer pricing, including product warranty and new customer changeover costs.

Net sales in our fuel delivery systems product line decreased $12.6 million, or 6.7%, primarily the result of $14.7 million lower customer pricing due to increased competition driven by improved OE product quality and other factors that have negatively impacted replacement rates, $2.1 million in higher new customer changeover costs and $1.1 million in lower OEM/OES channel volumes, partially offset by $4.0 million in higher traditional channel volumes primarily from new business and $1.0 million in higher retail channel net sales.

Gross profit. Gross profit included special items which are presented in the following table along with a comparison of adjusted gross profit after excluding such special items. Adjusted gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measurement of our performance which is not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP measures. It is intended to supplement the presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Amounts are presented in millions of dollars.

 

50


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2013      

Gross profit, as reported

   $ 138.6      $ 158.7   

Adjusted for special items:

    

New business changeover and sales commitment costs

     4.5        1.6   

Business optimization costs

     2.5        1.3   

Costs related to implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group

     0.5        3.5   

Unrealized loss on derivatives

     0.2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit

$ 146.3    $ 165.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Margin %

  14.5   16.6

Further detail on the special items is provided in the reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented elsewhere in this annual report.

Excluding special items, adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $146.3 million, or 14.5% of net sales, compared to adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $165.1 million, or 16.6% of net sales. The adjusted gross margin percentage is based on sales before the effects of special items.

The lower adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 was due to (i) $40.4 million in lower customer pricing across all product lines including the impact of higher product warranty costs, (ii) $9.2 million due to unfavorable product mix primarily driven by new product roll-outs and purchased products in our vehicle electronics product line and (iii) $3.3 million from higher depreciation primarily due to investment in our cooling systems product line OEM projects. Partially offsetting these factors were (i) $15.1 million of costs associated with the rollout of OEM projects in our cooling systems product line that did not reoccur in 2014, (ii) $11.8 million in improved material and plant and distribution operational costs driven by cost savings initiatives including procurement savings initiatives, as well as manufacturing parts in our vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines that were previously purchased and (iii) $6.2 million from favorable volumes in our vehicle electronics and cooling systems product lines.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses included special items consisting of costs associated with additional business optimizations projects, mostly for professional services, and costs related to the implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. The following table presents a comparison of adjusted general and administrative expenses after excluding such special items. Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses is a non-GAAP financial measurement of our performance which is not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP measures. It is intended to supplement the presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Amounts are presented in millions of dollars.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2013      

Selling, general and adminstrative expenses, as reported

   $ 63.2       $ 84.7   

Adjusted for special items:

     

Business optimization costs

     (0.6      (7.2

Environmental accrual adjustment

     (0.1      (0.7

Costs related to implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group

     —           (1.1

Costs of defending class action and other litigation

     —           (0.2

Miscellaneous non-operating expenses

     —           (0.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted selling, general and adminstrative expenses

$ 62.5    $ 75.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Further detail on the special items is provided in the reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented elsewhere in this annual report.

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $62.5 million compared to $75.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $12.9 million decrease was primarily the result of improved organizational expense leverage including reductions in employee wages and benefits, travel expenses, professional fees and office-related costs and lower bad debt costs, partially offset by higher marketing and advertising costs. Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses were 6.2% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 7.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $22.2 million for both years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Restructuring costs, net. The components of restructuring costs, net are as follows (in millions of dollars):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014              2013      

Manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization

   $ (13.7    $ (2.2

Severance

     (3.2      (3.3

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

     (0.5      (2.6

Gains on sale of land, buildings and equipment

     0.5         0.1   

Curtailment and settlement gains

     —           0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (16.9 $ (7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

As part of a manufacturing footprint optimization plan for our fuel delivery systems product line, we incurred (i) $1.1 million of professional costs associated with the review of the manufacturing footprint, (ii) $0.8 million of severance costs, (iii) $0.8 million of manufacturing footprint optimization execution costs, (iv) $0.3 million of costs associated with asset relocation and installation and (v) $0.1 million of employee retention costs.

As part of a plan to close one of our U.S. filtration facilities and transfer the manufacturing capacity, along with associated equipment, to one of our existing U.S. facilities and one facility operated by FRAM Group, we recorded (i) $10.8 million of equipment relocation and installation and facility closing and integration costs, (ii) $1.7 million of termination benefits, (iii) a $0.5 million additional impairment loss to write down equipment to estimated net realizable value and (iv) $0.4 million of gains on sale of equipment.

We recorded: (i) severance of $0.7 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of cost reduction actions and business realignment, (ii) manufacturing footprint optimization costs of $0.5 million related to our filtration product line, (iii) residual closing costs of $0.1 million related to the closure of a China facility in 2013 and (iv) a gain on sale of equipment of $0.1 million associated with our now closed Mexican foundry operations.

Year ended December 31, 2013

We recorded severance of $2.4 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of cost reduction actions and business realignment within our filtration, vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines. We also recorded $0.1 million for lease termination and asset retirement obligation costs associated with distribution footprint optimization in our filtration product line.

As part of a plan to close the manufacturing operations of one of our Chinese subsidiaries and relocate the manufacturing to one of our existing U.S. facilities, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million to write down certain equipment to estimated net realizable value, severance costs of $0.4 million and other closing costs of $0.1 million.

As part of a manufacturing footprint optimization plan for our fuel delivery systems product line, we incurred professional fees of $1.6 million associated with the review of the plan, asset relocation costs of $0.3 million and recorded severance costs of $0.2 million.

 

52


Table of Contents

As part of a plan to close one of our U.S. filtration facilities and transfer the manufacturing capacity, along with associated equipment, to one of our existing U.S. facilities and one facility operated by FRAM Group, we recorded an impairment charge of $1.8 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value and accrued $0.3 million of estimated termination benefits.

As part of a plan to close a portion of our Mexican operations which began in 2012, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value, recognized a curtailment gain of $0.4 million, which had been deferred until the affected employees were terminated, incurred other closing costs of $0.1 million and recognized a gain of $0.1 million on the sale of the land, building and equipment.

For further discussion of restructuring activities see Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Trademark impairment loss. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded trademark impairment losses of $38.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, related to the indefinite-lived trademark intangible asset of our fuel delivery systems product line. See further discussion in Note 7 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Patent litigation costs. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred costs of $0.2 million related to the settlement of patent infringement. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized patent litigation costs of $2.2 million related to the settlement of the same claim by Hengst. See further discussion in “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation — Patent Litigation.”

Antitrust litigation costs. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred post-trial costs of less than $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a reserve of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions settlement and incurred post-trial costs of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. See further discussion in “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation — Antitrust Litigation.”

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $50.4 million and $51.4 million, respectively. The decrease of $1.0 million was primarily the result of unrealized foreign exchange gains of $4.9 million during the year end December 31, 2014 arising from a $100.0 million intercompany loan that was established in December 2013 with one of our U.S. subsidiaries, partially offset by $2.9 million in higher interest income during the year ended December 31, 2013 including $2.8 million related to refunds of value added tax receivables received by one of our Mexican subsidiaries, and $0.6 million in lower capitalized interest during the year ended December 31, 2014. For further discussion of the accounting treatment of the foreign currency impact on the intercompany loan see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. For further discussion of the interest income from value added tax receivables see “Part II — Other Information — Item 1. Legal Proceedings — Value-Added Tax Receivable.”

Miscellaneous, net. Miscellaneous, net for the years end December 31, 2014 and 2013 included $6.0 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of costs associated with the sale of receivables, partially offset by gains of $0.1 million for the forgiveness of debt. In addition, miscellaneous, net for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $2.6 million of professional fees related to the strategic review of our business and $0.1 million of foreign currency losses. The higher costs associated with the sale of receivables was due to an increase in the amount of receivables sold. For further discussion of the gain on the forgiveness of debt, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We recorded an income tax benefit of $24.7 million, or a 40.6% effective tax rate, during the year ended December 31, 2014, on a pre-tax loss of $60.9 million. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate principally due to non-U.S. tax rate differences and state income taxes, partially offset by provision of U.S. deferred income tax expense on undistributed earnings of our Spanish subsidiary and withholding taxes on dividend distributions from our Spanish subsidiary.

 

53


Table of Contents

We recorded an income tax benefit of $3.0 million, or a 19.7% effective tax rate, during the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pre-tax loss of $15.2 million. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate principally due to provision of U.S. deferred income tax expense on undistributed earnings of our Spanish subsidiary, withholding taxes on dividend distributions from our Spanish subsidiary and state income taxes, partially offset by non-U.S. tax rate differences and provision to return adjustments.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared with Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net sales. Net sales of $995.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $11.4 million, or 1.2%, compared to net sales of $984.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding related party sales, our net sales were consistent with the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 for our four product lines are in the following table, derived from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the respective periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      %     2012      %  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Filtration

   $ 377.4         38   $ 387.4         39

Cooling systems

     223.8         22     166.3         17

Vehicle electronics

     208.5         21     191.3         20

Fuel delivery systems

     186.2         19     239.5         24
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 995.9      100 $ 984.5      100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales in our filtration product line decreased $10.0 million, or 2.6%, including decreases of $20.6 million, and $4.5 million in retail and heavy-duty channel volumes, respectively, primarily the result of overall market weakness, $4.0 million in lower co-manufacturing net sales and $0.9 million in lower international sales, which were partially offset by $11.0 million in higher related party sales to FRAM Group and $9.3 million from expansion of volume in to the OEM/OES channel.

Net sales in our cooling systems product line increased $57.5 million, or 34.6%, primarily due to $41.7 million from the launch of OEM projects, $5.5 from higher retail sales due to new customers, $4.7 million from favorable product mix, $2.4 million from improved international sales, $2.1 million from favorable traditional channel sales and $1.8 million in favorable foreign currency fluctuations.

Net sales in our vehicle electronics product line increased $17.2 million, or 9.0%, primarily due to $23.2 million in higher sales from new product rollouts and higher replenishment orders in the retail, traditional and OEM/OES channels, partially offset by $2.7 million lower customer pricing and $3.1 million from the release of product warranty reserves in 2012.

Net sales in our fuel delivery systems product line decreased $53.3 million, or 22.3%, including decreases of $21.8 million and $5.4 million in the retail and traditional channel, respectively, due to overall market weakness driven by improved OEM product quality that have impacted replacement rates and $10.9 million from lower customer pricing, partially offset by $3.8 million favorable OEM/OES channel volumes. In addition, the net sales in 2012 included net sales of $15.5 million to a former customer as well as the release of $3.0 million of a product warranty reserve both related to that customer.

 

54


Table of Contents

Gross profit. Gross profit included special items which are presented in the following table along with a comparison of adjusted gross profit after excluding such special items. Adjusted gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measurement of our performance which is not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP measures. It is intended to supplement the presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Amounts are presented in millions of dollars.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2013             2012      

Gross profit, as reported

   $ 158.7      $ 209.3   

Adjusted for special items:

    

New business changeover and sales commitment costs

     1.6        0.5   

Costs related to implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group

     3.5        1.1   

Business optimization

     1.3        0.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross profit

$ 165.1    $ 211.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  16.6   21.5

Further detail on the special items is provided in the reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented elsewhere in this annual report.

Excluding special items, adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $165.1 million, or 16.6% of net sales, compared to adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $211.8 million, or 21.5% of net sales. The adjusted gross margin percentage is based on sales before the effects of special items.

The lower adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was due to several factors. During the year ended December 31, 2013, our gross profit was negatively impacted by (i) $28.1 million due to unfavorable fixed overhead absorption rates, variable cost increases, material cost increases and other operating items, (ii) $23.1 million of unfavorable product mix across all product lines, (iii) $15.5 million of lower customer pricing, (iv) $15.1 million of costs associated with the rollout of OEM projects, (v) $7.1 million from lower volumes primarily in our retail channel, including the year-over-year impact of the loss of a customer in our fuel delivery systems product line in the first quarter of 2012 and (vi) $5.6 million in higher product warranty costs mainly driven by the release of reserves in 2012. Partially offsetting these factors were $47.8 million in cost reductions from our cost savings initiatives, including manufacturing parts in our vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines that were previously purchased, procurement sourcing and pricing savings and savings from optimizing plant operations.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses included special items consisting of costs associated with additional business optimizations projects, mostly for professional services, and costs related to the implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. The following table presents a comparison of adjusted general and administrative expenses after excluding such special items. Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses is a non-GAAP financial measurement of our performance which is not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP measures. It is intended to supplement the presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Amounts are presented in millions of dollars.

 

55


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Selling, general and administrative expenses, as reported

   $ 84.7       $ 96.8   

Adjust for special items:

     

Business optimization costs

     (7.2      (13.7

Costs related to implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group

     (1.1      (6.0

Environmental accrual adjustment

     (0.7      (0.5

Cost of defending class action and other litigation

     (0.2      —     

Miscellaneous non-operating expenses

     (0.1      (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses

$ 75.4    $ 76.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Further detail on the special items is provided in the reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented elsewhere in this annual report.

Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $75.4 million compared to $76.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $1.0 million decrease was primarily due to lower professional fees, partially offset by higher bad debt costs. Adjusted selling, general and administrative expenses were 7.6% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 7.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $22.2 million for both years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Restructuring costs, net. The components of restructuring costs, net are as follows (in millions of dollars):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  

Severance

   $ 3.3       $ 2.4   

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

     2.6         2.2   

Manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization

     2.2         0.4   

Gain on sale of land and building

     (0.1      (0.4

Curtailment and settlement (gains) losses

     (0.4      1.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 7.6    $ 5.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

We recorded severance of $2.4 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of cost reduction actions and business realignment within our filtration, vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines. We recorded $0.1 million for lease termination and asset retirement obligation costs associated with distribution footprint optimization in our filtration product line.

As part of a plan to close the manufacturing operations of one of our Chinese subsidiaries and relocate the manufacturing to one of our existing U.S. facilities, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million to write down certain equipment to estimated net realizable value, severance costs of $0.4 million and other closing costs of $0.1 million.

As part of a manufacturing footprint optimization plan for our fuel delivery systems product line, we incurred professional fees of $1.6 million associated with the review of the plan, asset relocation costs of $0.3 million and recorded severance costs of $0.2 million.

 

56


Table of Contents

We announced a plan to close one of our U.S. filtration facilities and transfer the manufacturing capacity, along with associated equipment, to one of our existing U.S. facilities and one facility operated by FRAM Group. We recorded an impairment charge of $1.8 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value and accrued $0.3 million of estimated termination benefits.

As part of a plan to close a portion of our Mexican operations which began in 2012, we recorded an impairment charge of $0.3 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value, recognized a curtailment gain of $0.4 million, which had been deferred until the affected employees were terminated, incurred other closing costs of $0.1 million and recognized a gain of $0.1 million on the sale of the land, building and equipment.

Year ended December 31, 2012

We incurred severance costs of $2.4 million related to involuntary termination of employees as part of cost reduction actions.

We approved and announced a plan with respect to closing a portion of our Mexican operations. We recorded an impairment charge of $2.0 million to write down land, building and equipment to its estimated net realizable value and recorded pension curtailment and settlement losses of $1.3 million related to headcount reductions.

As part of a plan to consolidate certain of our distribution facilities with FRAM Group, we incurred a charge of $0.4 million related to distribution system software development costs with no future value and recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.2 million to write down the carrying value of certain equipment to be idled with no alternative use.

We recorded a gain of $0.4 million on the sale of a previously idled manufacturing facility.

For further discussion of restructuring activities see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Trademark impairment loss. As part of our annual impairment review for the year ended December 31, 2013, we conducted a fair value assessment of our indefinite-lived trademark intangible assets. The assessment indicated that the value of one of our indefinite-lived trademarks had been impaired due to a decline in forecasted net sales. We recognized a trademark impairment loss of $2.0 million. See further discussion in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Patent litigation costs. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized patent litigation costs of $2.2 million in relation to a claim by Hengst. See further discussion in “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation – Patent Litigation.”

Antitrust litigation costs. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a reserve of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions settlement and incurred post-trial costs of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred post-trial costs of $1.2 million related to the U.S. Actions. See further discussion in “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries – Litigation – Antitrust Litigation.”

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $51.4 million compared to $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes $2.8 million of interest income related to refunds of value-added tax receivables received by one of our Mexican subsidiaries. See further discussion in “Part II — Other Information — Item 1. Legal Proceedings — Value-Added Tax Receivable.”

Miscellaneous, net. Miscellaneous, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily consisted of $5.7 million for costs associated with the sale of receivables, partially offset by income of $2.0 million related to the collection of duty and value-added tax refunds associated with equipment purchased at one of our wholly-owned Chinese subsidiaries and a gain of $0.1 million for the forgiveness of debt. For further discussion of the value-added tax receivable, see “Part II — Other Information — Item 1. Legal

 

57


Table of Contents

Proceedings — Value-Added Tax Receivable.” For further discussion of the gain on the forgiveness of debt, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Miscellaneous, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily consisted of $6.2 million for costs associated with the sale of receivables. The lower expense associated with the sale of receivables in the year ended December 31, 2013 was due to lower discount rates on the sales, partially offset by a higher amount of receivables sold.

Income tax (expense) benefit. We recorded an income tax benefit of $3.0 million, or a 19.7% effective tax rate, during the year ended December 31, 2013, on a pre-tax loss of $15.2 million. The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate principally due to provision of U.S. deferred income tax expense on undistributed earnings of our Spanish subsidiary, withholding taxes on dividend distributions from our Spanish subsidiary and state income taxes, partially offset by non-U.S. tax rate differences and provision to return adjustments.

We recorded income tax expense of $7.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, on pre-tax income of $22.2 million. The 34.2% effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate principally due to provision of U.S. deferred income tax expense on undistributed earnings of our Spanish subsidiary, flat taxes related to our Mexican subsidiary, state incomes taxes, foreign withholding taxes on a dividend distribution from our Spanish subsidiary, and valuation allowances on foreign deferred tax assets not expected to be realized, partially offset by federal and state provision to return adjustments and the impact of a change in the state effective tax rate. The Mexican subsidiary recorded its income tax provision at the greater of a Mexican flat tax or taxes based on taxable income at the Mexican statutory rate, which was in compliance with Mexican tax law at the time. Due to losses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as the result of restructuring charges, the income tax provision of the Mexican subsidiary was based on the expectation of incurring the flat tax.

Geographic Results of Operations

Net sales made by our U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, excluding intercompany sales which are eliminated in consolidation, were as follows (in millions, except percentages):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      %     2013      %     2012      %  

United States subsidiaries

   $ 925.6         92   $ 910.6         91   $ 909.9         92

Non -U.S. subsidiaries

     84.2         8     85.3         9     74.6         8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,009.8      100 $ 995.9      100 $ 984.5      100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of (loss) income before income taxes were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

(Loss) income before income taxes

        

United States

   $ (88.9    $ (27.6    $ 16.0   

Non-U.S.

     28.0         12.4         6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (60.9 $ (15.2 $ 22.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in the U.S. operating results for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 was largely due to lower customer pricing, an impairment of one of our trademarks and restructuring costs associated with manufacturing footprint optimizations plans executed in our filtration and fuel delivery system businesses, offset in part by improved material and plant and distribution operations costs driven by cost savings initiatives including manufacturing parts in our vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines that were previously purchased, as well as procurement savings initiatives, costs associated with the rollout of OEM projects in our cooling systems product line that did not reoccur in the 2014 period and patent litigation settlement cost not recurring in 2014.

 

58


Table of Contents

The increase in non-U.S. operating results for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to OEM program ramp-up costs at one of our cooling systems subsidiaries in China and restructuring cost associated with closing our filtration facility in China that did not reoccur in the 2014 period, offset in part by interest received on VAT refunds collected in 2013 by one of our Mexican subsidiaries.

Reconciliation of EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA, a measure used by our strategic owner to measure operating performance, is defined as net income (loss) for the period plus income tax expense (benefit), net interest expense, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment and amortization expense of identifiable intangible assets. Adjusted EBITDA presented herein is also a financial measure used by our strategic owner to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as EBITDA adjusted to exclude items of a significant or unusual nature that cannot be attributed to ordinary business operations, such as business optimization costs, restructuring and costs related to implementation of cost sharing arrangements with FRAM Group. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not presentations in accordance with GAAP, or measures of our financial condition, liquidity or profitability and should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss), operating profit or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as a substitute for cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow, as they do not take into account certain items such as interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, working capital needs, tax payments and capital expenditures. We believe that the inclusion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this annual report is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about our operating performance and to provide a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies. We additionally believe that issuers of high yield debt securities also present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because investors, analysts and rating agencies consider these measures useful. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is used to determine our compliance with certain covenants, including the fixed charge coverage ratio used for purposes of debt incurrence under the indenture governing the Senior Notes and certain other agreements governing our indebtedness. Because not all companies calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA identically, this presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

59


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA calculations to net income (loss) for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Net (loss) income

   $ (36.2   $ (12.2   $ 14.6   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (24.7     (3.0     7.6   

Net interest expense

     50.4        51.4        54.8   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56.1        52.8        52.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  45.6      89.0      129.2   

Trademark impairment losses (a)

  38.0      2.0      —     

Restructuring costs, net (b)

  16.9      7.6      5.9   

New business changeover and sales commitment costs (c)

  4.5      1.6      0.5   

Business optimization costs (d)

  3.1      8.5      14.6   

Strategic review costs (e)

  2.6      —        —     

Costs related to implementation of cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group (f)

  0.5      4.6      7.1   

Patent litigation costs (g)

  0.2      2.2      —     

Unrealized loss on derivatives (h)

  0.2      —        —     

Environmental accrual adjustment (i)

  0.1      0.7      0.5   

Costs of defending class action and other litigation (j)

  0.1      0.4      1.2   

Gain on forgiveness of debt (k)

  (0.1   (0.1   —     

Non-operating expense (l)

  —        0.1      0.2   

Collection of tax refunds (m)

  —        (1.9   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$ 111.7    $ 114.7    $ 159.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

$ 1,009.8    $ 995.9    $ 984.5   

Adjusted EBITDA margin

  11.1   11.5   16.2

 

(a) The expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 relate to trademark impairment losses. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further information.
(b) These costs related to various restructuring actions we have taken to align our cost structure with current market conditions. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for further information regarding our restructuring actions.
(c) These costs are up-front costs incurred to obtain new business and to extend existing long-term sales commitments. These costs are comprised primarily of costs associated with stocklifts.
(d) These costs primarily relate to internal costs and consulting fees for various cost saving projects and to accelerate the manufacture of parts for new model cars previously sourced from external vendors.
(e) These costs consist of professional services related to the ongoing strategic review of the business.
(f) These costs relate to the implementation of our cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. See further discussion at “Part I, Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
(g) The expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 related to costs related to patent infringement settlement and expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates to the same settlement agreement with Hengst. See further discussion at “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries — Litigation — Antitrust Litigation.”
(h) The unrealized loss on derivatives is the mark-to-market on the diesel fuel contracts.
(i) We recorded additional environmental expenses related to legacy Champion facilities.
(j) These costs include legal and settlement costs related to class action and other litigation. See further discussion at “Part I, Item 4. Information on Holdings and its Subsidiaries — Litigation — Antitrust Litigation.”
(k) The gains relate to the forgiveness of the annual principal payments of the economic development loan. For further discussion, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

60


Table of Contents
(l) We incurred costs related to potential merger and acquisition activities that were non-operating in nature.

 

(m) We recorded income related to the collection of duty and value-added tax refunds associated with equipment purchased by one of our wholly-owned Chinese subsidiaries. See further discussion at “Part II — Other Information — Item 1. Legal Proceedings — Value-Added Tax Receivable.” In addition, we recorded a reserve related to the collectability of value-added tax refunds at one of our Mexican subsidiaries.

Covenant Compliance

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum senior secured leverage ratio and set a maximum level of capital expenditures. The financial ratios are calculated on a trailing four consecutive quarters basis and capital expenditures are measured on a fiscal year basis. As of December  31, 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

UCI Acquisition and Related Financing

On January 26, 2011, UCI International, Inc. and certain subsidiaries entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which consists of a $300.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility which was drawn at closing, and a $75.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which was undrawn at closing. Also on January 26, 2011, we issued the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million.

The Transactions were financed with (i) the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, (ii) the Equity Contribution of $320.0 million, (iii) borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, (iv) advances from Rank Group and (v) available cash of UCI International.

Historical Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2014

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $18.7 million. Profits, before deducting depreciation and amortization, trademark impairment loss and other non-cash items, generated cash of $25.3 million.

We used cash of $32.7 million for operating working capital. Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable, inventories, related party receivables, net and accounts payable. Related party receivables, net consist primarily of trade amounts receivable from FRAM Group for filtration products we sell in the normal course of business as a result of our manufacturing arrangements and expense recharges. An increase in inventories and a decrease in accounts payable resulted in the use of cash of $30.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively. The increase in inventories was primarily due to the build of safety-stock inventory associated with ongoing manufacturing footprint optimization activities and build in new customer inventory in our filtration product line, build of safety-stock inventory associated with out-sourced manufacturing operations in our fuel delivery product line, higher inventory requirements in our cooling systems product line to meet OEM order requirements and timing of shipment of new product roll-out inventory in our vehicle electronics product line. The decrease in accounts payable was due largely to the timing of payments. A decrease in accounts receivable and related party receivables, net generated $3.4 million and $1.8 million of cash, respectively. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to lower volumes in our fuel delivery systems product line and higher levels of factored accounts receivable. The decrease in the related party receivables, net was primarily from the timing of payments for related party filtration sales to FRAM Group. Changes in all other assets and liabilities netted to a $11.3 million use of cash. This use of cash related primarily to (i) $5.7 million for employee benefit plan payments in excess of expense, (ii) $4.4 million reduction in product warranty reserves, (iii) $2.5 million from the timing of payments including insurance, professional fees, salary and wages, vacation and bonuses, (iv) $1.4 million of payments associated with the settlement of patent litigation, (v) $1.2 million for timing of payments for restructuring related activities, (v) $1.0 million in prepaid value-added taxes and (vi) $1.0 million in prepaid new customer start-up costs. These items were partially offset by increases of (i) $1.9 million for receipt of customer returned inventory in transit,

 

61


Table of Contents

(ii) $1.7 million decrease in our net federal tax receivable, (iii) $1.6 million for collection of prepaid tooling costs, and (iv) $0.9 million in customer rebates, credits and discounts due to timing of payments.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Capital expenditures of $34.5 million were used primarily for manufacturing footprint optimization initiatives in our filtration and fuel delivery systems product lines, additional capital investment requirements for long life-cycle OEM contracts and cost savings initiatives. In addition, we received $4.4 million from the sale of property, plant and equipment primarily from the sale of land, building and equipment from a filtration manufacturing facility which was closed during 2014.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

We borrowed $30.0 million under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, repaid $10.0 million of borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, made our required quarterly payments totaling $3.0 million on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and made payments of $0.1 million under our capital lease obligations. In addition, we recognized a gain, which was recorded in equity, net of tax, of $0.8 million related to the sale of land and building to an entity under common control.

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $39.9 million. Excluding $8.5 million for business optimization costs and $4.6 million of costs associated with implementing our cost sharing arrangements with FRAM Group, we generated $53.0 million of cash from operations. Profits, before deducting depreciation and amortization and other non-cash items, provided cash of $38.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating working capital was $1.5 million. Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable, inventories, related party receivables, net and accounts payable. Related party receivables, net consist primarily of trade amounts receivable from FRAM Group for filtration products we sell in the normal course of business as a result of our manufacturing arrangements and expense recharges. An increase in accounts payable provided cash of $19.1 million. The increase in accounts payable was due largely to the increase in inventories in our cooling systems, fuel delivery systems and vehicle electronics product lines. A decrease in accounts receivable provided cash of $6.3 million. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to lower sales in our filtration and fuel delivery systems product lines, offset in part by changes in customer credit terms and increased sales with an existing retail customer. A decrease in the related party receivables, net, primarily due to the timing of payments to FRAM Group related to shared distribution facilities changes, provided cash of $2.9 million. An increase in inventories resulted in the use of cash of $26.8 million. The increase in inventories was primarily due to higher inventory requirements in our cooling systems product line to meet OEM order requirements, build of inventory in our fuel delivery systems and vehicle electronics product lines for new product roll-out, and build of safety stock in our fuel delivery systems product line during the transition period to outsource production. Changes in all other assets and liabilities netted to a $0.2 million provision of cash. The cash provided primarily related to (i) a $6.6 million decrease in our federal tax receivable based upon finalization of tax returns and year-end provisions, (ii) $3.5 million in customer rebates and credits due to timing of payments and (iii) $2.2 million for the collection of Mexican value-added tax receivables. These items were partially offset by the use of cash related primarily to (i) a $4.0 million reduction of product returns liabilities including $1.6 million related to contractual changes, (ii) $2.6 million for pension contributions in excess of pension expense, (iii) $1.7 million for customer returned inventory in transit, (iv) $1.7 million for professional fee payments, (v) $1.0 million for prepayment of tooling costs and (vi) $0.8 million for restructuring related payments.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Capital expenditures were $40.6 million and used primarily for construction of a new building at our Fond du Lac, Wisconsin facility, additional expenditures related to long life-cycle OEM contracts and cost savings initiatives. We received proceeds of $1.4 million primarily from the sale of idle land, building and equipment by one our of Mexican subsidiaries.

 

62


Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

We made debt repayments totaling $3.0 million on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which included a required excess cash flow prepayment of $1.4 million. The excess cash flow payment was applied to the scheduled quarterly amortization payments due March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013. In addition, we made payments totaling $0.1 million under our capital lease obligations.

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $51.8 million. Excluding $14.6 million for business optimization costs and $7.1 million of costs associated with implementing our cost sharing arrangements with FRAM Group, we generated $73.5 million of cash from operations. Profits, before deducting depreciation and amortization and other non-cash items, generated cash of $83.0 million.

We generated cash of $13.1 million from operating working capital. Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable, inventories, related party receivables, net and accounts payable. Related party receivables, net consist primarily of trade amounts receivable from FRAM Group for filtration products we sell in the normal course of business as a result of our manufacturing arrangements and expense recharges. A decrease in accounts receivable and an increase in accounts payable generated cash of $29.9 million and $9.4 million, respectively. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to an increase in the amount of factored accounts receivable and lower third party sales in the fourth quarter of 2012, primarily due to the loss of a customer. The increase in accounts payable was due largely to production requirements for early 2013 orders and FRAM Group related party sales. An increase in inventories resulted in a use of cash of $16.6 million. The $16.6 million increase in inventories was due to inventory builds to support higher anticipated sales levels, including orders delayed until early 2013 and related party sales to FRAM Group. An increase in the related party receivables, net, primarily from the related party filtration sales to FRAM Group, offset by the collection of expense recharges and receipt of prepaid fixed assets from FRAM Group, resulted in a use of cash of $9.6 million. Changes in all other assets and liabilities netted to a $44.3 million use of cash. This use of cash related primarily to (i) $14.3 million for pension contributions in excess of pension expense, (ii) $12.4 million from income taxes including a $2.5 million payment in connection with a transfer price audit assessment related to one of Holdings’ Chinese subsidiaries, (iii) $9.6 million in lower product returns reserves including the reduction of product returns reserves associated with a former and a current customer that are no longer needed and favorable claims experience, (iv) payment of the antitrust litigation settlement of $7.8 million, (v) $1.6 million for lower medical and workers’ compensation estimates driven by favorable claims experience and (vi) $1.4 million of reductions in accruals for customer rebate, discount and credit programs. These items were partially offset by $0.7 million for higher severance and restructuring accruals.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Capital expenditures were $36.8 million and used primarily for cost savings initiatives and capital investment requirements for long life-cycle OEM contracts launching over the next year.

We received $2.0 million in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment including $1.4 million from the sale of a previously idled manufacturing facility.

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

We made our required quarterly amortization payments totaling $3.0 million on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, as well as principal payments of $0.4 million on capital lease obligations. Both portions of our Chinese local credit facility expired and were repaid totaling $3.1 million.

 

63


Table of Contents

We received proceeds of $0.5 million from the economic development loan with the Fond du Lac County Economic Development Corp. to assist with the expansion of our vehicle electronics manufacturing facility in Fond du Lac, Wisconsin.

Debt Capitalization

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $44.5 million and $76.6 million of cash and cash equivalents, respectively. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries had cash balances of $9.8 million and $16.2 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, our Spanish subsidiary and one of our Mexican subsidiaries distributed cash dividends of $7.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, to their U.S. parent companies. During the year ended December 31, 2013, our Spanish subsidiary and one of our Mexican subsidiaries distributed cash dividends of $3.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, to their U.S. parent companies. The following table details our debt outstanding (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 20.0       $ —     

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

     288.0         291.0   

Senior Notes

     400.0         400.0   

Capital lease obligations

     0.2         0.3   

Economic development loan

     0.3         0.4   

Unamortized original issue discount

     (0.3      (0.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  708.2      691.1   

Less:

Current maturities

  23.2      3.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 685.0    $ 687.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our significant debt service obligation is an important factor when assessing our liquidity and capital resources. At our December 31, 2014 debt level and borrowing rates, annual interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, was $56.0 million. The interest rate on our Senior Secured Credit Facilities is subject to an Adjusted LIBO Rate floor of 1.5%. An increase of 0.25 percentage points (25 basis points) over the Adjusted LIBO Rate floor of 1.5% on our variable interest rate debt would increase our annual interest cost by $0.8 million. A decrease in the variable interest rate would have no impact due to the Adjusted LIBO Rate floor. The one month unadjusted LIBO Rate at December 31, 2014 was 0.169%.

Scheduled Maturities

Below is a schedule of required future repayments of all debt outstanding as of December 31, 2014 (in millions).

 

2015

  23.2   

2016

  3.2   

2017

  282.1   

2018

  —     

2019

  400.0   
  

 

 

 
$ 708.5   
  

 

 

 

Management’s Action Plan and Outlook

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash flow from operations, available borrowing capacity under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility and accounts receivable factoring arrangements. Our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility matures on January 26, 2016. Prior to its expiration, we expect to replace the facility with a similar type arrangement that has an extended maturity.

 

64


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable Factoring

Factoring of customer trade accounts receivable is a significant part of our liquidity. Subject to certain limitations, our Senior Secured Credit Facilities permit sales of and liens on receivables, which are being sold pursuant to factoring arrangements. At December 31, 2014, we had factoring relationships arranged by seven customers with eight banks. The terms of these relationships are such that the banks are not obligated to factor any amount of receivables. Because of the increase in our utilization of customer factoring programs due to customers negotiating increased payment terms with us, it is possible that these banks may not have the capacity or willingness to fund these factoring arrangements at the levels they have in the past, or at all. If we were not able to factor accounts receivable, we would have to find other ways to finance these receivables or our liquidity would be reduced by having less cash on hand.

We sold $425.5 million and $384.0 million of receivables during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If receivables had not been factored, $284.2 million and $261.1 million of additional receivables would have been outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. If we had not factored these receivables, we would have had to finance these receivables in some other way or our liquidity would be reduced by having less cash on hand.

Short-Term and Long-Term Liquidity Outlook

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, UCI International, Inc., is a holding company with no business operations or assets other than the capital stock of UCI. Consequently, UCI International, Inc. is dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from UCI and its subsidiaries to make payments of principal and interest in cash on the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. As presently structured, UCI and its subsidiaries are the sole source of cash for the payment of cash interest and principal on the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and there is no assurance that the cash for those interest and principal payments will be available. In the future, we may also need to refinance all or a portion of the borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on or prior to maturity. If refinancing is necessary, there can be no assurance that we will be able to secure such financing on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness or to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other current obligations will depend on our ability to generate cash from operations and from factoring arrangements discussed above. Such cash generation is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

Capital expenditures for 2015 are expected to be approximately $38 million including cost reduction projects, ongoing capital maintenance and equipment and tooling requirements to accelerate the internal manufacture of high volume parts that are currently being purchased.

Based on our forecasts, we believe that cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents and available borrowing capacity under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will be adequate to service debt, meet liquidity needs and fund necessary capital expenditures for the next twelve months.

Cost Sharing and Manufacturing Arrangements with FRAM Group

On July 29, 2011, Autoparts Holdings, an affiliate of Rank Group and ultimately owned by our strategic owner, Mr. Graeme Hart, completed the acquisition of FRAM Group. Although Holdings and Autoparts Holdings are separate legal entities, both are under the common control of Mr. Hart. In addition, our business and FRAM Group are operated by a common senior management team.

Our and the FRAM Group’s businesses each include filtration products. As a result, opportunities exist to realize cost savings and operational efficiencies between the two filtration businesses as well as to consolidate a number of administrative functions to reduce the costs of the respective companies. Extensive analysis was conducted to identify initial integration opportunities and additional analysis continues to identify potential further integration opportunities. Actions taken to date have resulted in cost savings benefiting both us and FRAM Group.

 

65


Table of Contents

However, we may not be able to achieve the total anticipated cost savings or purchasing benefits in connection with the cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. Such activities inherently involve risks, including those associated with assimilating different business operations, corporate cultures, personnel, infrastructure and technologies or products and increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations. There may be additional costs or liabilities that are not currently anticipated, including unexpected loss of key employees or customers and hiring additional management and other critical personnel. These activities may also be disruptive to our ongoing business and not be successfully perceived by our customers. We cannot be assured we will be successful in these actions or that the two businesses will perform as anticipated.

As a result of our cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group, certain FRAM Group production was relocated to our filtration manufacturing locations and certain of our production was relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations. We and FRAM Group continue to maintain our own customer relationships and continue to supply our existing customers. Where FRAM Group production has been relocated to our filtration manufacturing locations, we manufacture and supply product to FRAM Group in order to meet its customer orders and where our production has been relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations, FRAM Group manufactures and supplies product to us to meet our customer orders. Product purchase orders are entered into by us and FRAM Group on an arm’s-length basis to document the terms of the sale of product between the two related businesses. Based on current forecasts, we expect to produce 31 million units for FRAM Group and FRAM Group is expected to purchase 10 million units from us in 2015.

Joint Services Agreement

On July 29, 2011, we entered into a Joint Services Agreement (the “JSA”) with Autoparts Holdings. Under the JSA, we and Autoparts Holdings both agreed to purchase certain administrative services from the other party. The JSA has an initial term of one year that will be automatically renewed for an additional one year period unless either party gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal no later than ninety days prior to the end of the initial term or renewal term, as applicable. The JSA may be terminated without cause by either party upon 120 days’ advance written notice to the other party. The JSA may also be terminated for breach or termination of affiliation. The JSA contains representations, warranties and indemnity obligations customary for agreements of this type. At each anniversary to date, the JSA has automatically renewed for additional one-year periods.

Contractual Obligations

The following table is a summary of contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less Than                    More Than         
     1 Year      2-3 Years      4-5 Years      5 Years      Total  

Debt repayments (excluding interest)

   $ 23.2       $ 285.3       $ 400.0       $ —           708.5   

Interest payments (1)

     51.7         94.2         38.8         —           184.7   

Estimated pension funding (2)

     2.6         —           —           —           2.6   

Other post-retirement benefit payments (3)

     1.0         1.8         1.7         —           4.5   

Operating leases

     5.3         7.3         1.9         2.6         17.1   

Purchase obligations (4)

     112.4         —           —           —           112.4   

Unrecognized tax benefits (5)

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

$ 196.2    $ 388.6    $ 442.4    $ 2.6    $ 1,029.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Estimated interest payments are based on the assumption that (i) December 31, 2014 interest rates will prevail throughout all future periods, (ii) debt is repaid on its original due date and (iii) no new debt is issued.
(2) Estimated pension funding is based on the composition of pension plans, the plan benefits and actuarial assumptions as of December 31, 2014. The amount represents the contributions we expect to make to our pension plans during 2015. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for our funding policy and the funding status of our pension plans as of December 31, 2014.

 

66


Table of Contents
(3) Estimated benefit payments are based on actuarial assumptions as of December 31, 2014. Benefit payments may continue beyond year 5. Nevertheless, estimated payments are excluded from the table after year 5. See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report for the funding status of Holdings’ other post-retirement benefit plans as of December 31, 2014.
(4) Included in the purchase obligations is $10.0 million related to property, plant and equipment. The remainder is for materials, supplies and services routinely used in our normal operations.
(5) Possible payments of $3.8 million related to unrecognized tax benefits are not included in the table because management cannot make reasonably reliable estimates of when cash settlement will occur, if ever. These unrecognized tax benefits are discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

In addition, the outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are required to be prepaid with up to 50% of our excess cash flow (which will be reduced to 25% if the senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.00x).

Treasury Policy

Our treasury policy seeks to ensure that adequate financial resources are available for the development of our businesses while managing our currency and interest rate risks. Our policy is to not engage in speculative transactions. Our policies with respect to the major areas of our treasury activity are set forth in “Management’s Action Plan and Outlook” above.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not enter into off balance sheet arrangements other than letters of credit and operating leases in the normal course of business.

Disclosure under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

We are disclosing the following information pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. SIG Combibloc Group AG (“SIG”) is a subsidiary of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited (“RGHL”), the sole indirect owner of which is Mr. Graeme Hart, and thereby an affiliate of Holdings for purposes of this disclosure. SIG has provided us with the following information:

SIG owns 50% of SIG Combibloc Obeikan Company Limited, a Saudi Arabian joint venture (“SIG Obeikan”). A minor portion of SIG Obeikan’s business includes selling carton sleeves to Iran Dairy Industries Co. – Pegah Product Dairy Production (“IDIC”), which are used for packaging milk and other dairy products. IDIC is, to SIG’s knowledge, majority-owned by a pension fund for certain civil servants in Iran and therefore may be indirectly controlled by the government of Iran. SIG Obeikan’s 2014 gross sales to IDIC were approximately €7 million and its net profit from such sales was approximately €2 million. SIG Obeikan intends to continue this activity.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

See the Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance section of Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

See the Recently Issued Accounting Guidance section of Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

67


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES.

The following table lists the members of the boards of directors of Holdings and UCI International, Inc. and the senior management of UCI International, Inc. as of the date of this annual report:

Directors of Holdings and Directors and Senior Management of UCI International, Inc.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Graeme Hart

     59      

Sole indirect owner, Director of Holdings

Allen Hugli

     52      

Director of Holdings

Gregory Cole

     51      

Director of Holdings

Bryce Murray

     57      

Director of Holdings

Thomas Degnan

     67      

Director of Holdings

Bruce Zorich

     61      

President, Chief Executive Officer, Director of UCI International, Inc.

Ricardo Alvergue

     55      

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Director of UCI International, Inc.

Keith Zar

     60      

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Director of UCI International, Inc.

Holdings has no independent directors. The directors do not serve a specific term and can be removed at any time by the strategic owner.

Graeme Hart is the sole indirect owner of Holdings and has served as a director of Holdings since February 2011. In addition, Mr. Hart is the ultimate owner and a director of RGHL, a global manufacturer and supplier of consumer food, beverage and foodservice packaging products and the ultimate owner of Carter Holt Harvey Limited (“Carter Holt”, which was previously listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and is in the business of building supplies and wood products, mainly in Australia and New Zealand) and the ultimate owner and a director of Autoparts Holdings, a leading supplier to the light and heavy-duty vehicle aftermarket for replacement parts. Mr. Hart is also the sole shareholder and a director of Rank Group and a director of a number of private investment companies.

Allen Hugli has served as a director of Holdings since its formation and was a director of UCI International, Inc. from the UCI Acquisition until 2012. Mr. Hugli is a member of the Audit Committee of Holdings. In addition, Mr. Hugli is the Chief Financial Officer of RGHL and serves as a director and officer of a number of other companies within the RGHL group of companies. He is also the Chief Financial Officer and a director of Rank Group and other entities owned by Mr. Hart. He has been a senior executive of Rank Group since 1993. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of Burns, Philp & Company Pty Limited (“Burns Philp”) since 1999. Mr. Hugli previously held positions in financial management and audit practices in Australia, Canada and New Zealand.

Gregory Cole has served as a director of Holdings since its formation and was a director of UCI International, Inc. from the UCI Acquisition until 2012. Mr. Cole is a member of the Audit Committee of Holdings. Mr. Cole is also a director of RGHL and a director and officer of a number of other companies within the RGHL group of companies. He is also a director of Rank Group and other entities owned by Mr. Hart. He has been a senior executive of Rank Group since 2004. From 1994 to 2004, Mr. Cole was a partner with Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, a firm he joined in 1986.

Bryce Murray has served as a director of Holdings since its formation. Mr. Murray is a member of the Audit Committee of Holdings. In addition, Mr. Murray is a director of RGHL and has an oversight role over a number of the operating companies within the RGHL group of companies. He also is a director of Rank Group and other entities owned by Mr. Hart. He has primary responsibility for the operational management of the Carter Holt group of companies. He joined Rank Group in 1992 as Chief Financial Officer and held this position until 2004. During his time with Rank Group, he has held a number of roles involving financial control, financing, acquisitions, divestments and strategy. He also served as a director of Burns Philp and of Carter Holt while both were public companies. Prior to joining Rank Group, Mr. Murray was a partner with the accounting firm Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (New Zealand).

 

68


Table of Contents

Thomas Degnan has served as a director of Holdings since March 2012 and was a director of UCI International, Inc. from the UCI Acquisition until 2012. In addition, Mr. Degnan is a director and the Chief Executive Officer of RGHL, a position he has held since 2007, and a director and officer of a number of companies within the RGHL group of companies. Mr. Degnan also served as a director of Burns Philp and of Carter Holt while both were public companies.

Bruce Zorich is UCI International, Inc.’s President and Chief Executive Officer and has served as a director of UCI International, Inc. since 2006. He has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of FRAM Group since July 29, 2011. From January 2002 through May 2003, Mr. Zorich was President and CEO of Magnatrax Corporation. From 1996 to 2001, Mr. Zorich was President of Huck International. In May of 2003, Magnatrax Corporation filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Zorich received his B.S. in Aeronautical Engineering from Purdue University and his M.B.A. from the Graduate School of Business at the Illinois Institute of Technology.

Ricardo Alvergue has served as Chief Financial Officer and a director of UCI International, Inc. since February 2013. He has also served as Chief Financial Officer for FRAM Group since February 2013. Prior to joining UCI International, Mr. Alvergue was the Chief Financial Officer of Evergreen Packaging, Inc., part of the RGHL group of companies, from 2007 until 2013. Mr. Alvergue has also held the Chief Financial Officer role for the North American Burns Philp group of companies from 1999 to 2009. Prior to this he has held several financial positions including six years of experience in audit with KPMG.

Keith Zar has been UCI International, Inc.’s Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 2006 and has been a director of UCI International, Inc. since 2012. He has also served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for FRAM Group since July 29, 2011. From April to August 2011, he was UCI International, Inc.’s interim Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining UCI, Mr. Zar was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer of Next Level Communications. Mr. Zar received his B.S. from the University of Illinois and his J.D. from Rutgers University School of Law.

Holdings’ Board Committees

In March 2012, the Board of Directors of Holdings established an Audit Committee to oversee the financial reporting process including the hiring and performance of external auditors, and to monitor the internal control process and the choice of accounting policies and principles. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Allen Hugli, Mr. Gregory Cole and Mr. Bryce Murray. The Audit Committee has adopted a Charter under which the committee operates. The Charter provides that the Audit Committee will be appointed annually by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may remove or replace members of the Audit Committee at any time.

Holdings does not have a Remuneration Committee.

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Compensation

The aggregate compensation paid to our businesses’ key management and personnel, including incentive bonus payments, pension contributions, compensation for loss of office, and the estimated total value of benefits-in-kind granted to key management and personnel as a group during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.7 million. The directors do not receive compensation for their services in such capacities.

The directors do not receive any incentive or variable pay as part of their compensation packages in those capacities. All senior management of UCI International, Inc. participate in annual incentive compensation plans that measure EBITDA and working capital performance. Targets are set annually based on annual operating plans and goals. Awards are calculated on performance against the predetermined goals, with final individual payouts determined at the discretion of the directors of UCI International, Inc.

Mr. Zorich participates in the Champion Laboratories, Inc. Pension Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the value of Mr. Zorich’s accumulated benefits under the plan was $0.4 million. For more information regarding the plan, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. Mr. Zorich is the only member of senior management who participates in a company pension plan.

 

69


Table of Contents

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Service Contracts

No director has a service contract relating to his position as director.

Mr. Zorich and Mr. Zar have entered into employment agreements with UCI International, Inc. Mr. Alvergue has entered into an employment letter with UCI International, Inc.

Directors’ and Senior Management’s Indemnification Agreements

Holdings has entered into Agreements of Indemnification for the benefit of the directors and officers of UCI International, Inc. and the subsidiaries and parent companies of UCI International, Inc. that are guarantors of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The agreements provide that Holdings shall, subject to certain limitations, indemnify each director and officer of UCI International, Inc. and the guarantors against all legal expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges in connection therewith) incurred by such director or officer or on behalf of such director or officer in connection with any proceeding resulting from or relating to decisions a director or officer made or any actions a director or officer took on behalf of such entity in his capacity as a director or officer of such entity in connection with any transactions or the approval or execution of any transactions.

Employees

We had approximately 3,900 employees as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, approximately 63%, 67% and 69%, respectively, of our workforce was located in the U.S. and approximately 25%, 22% and 18%, respectively, of our workforce was located in China. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 10% of our workforce was represented by union affiliations and collective bargaining agreements at two of our U.S. manufacturing locations. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fond du Lac, Wisconsin plant expires in April 2015. The collective bargaining agreement for our Fairfield, Illinois plant was renewed in August 2014 for three years and will expire in August 2017. Management considers our labor relations to be good and our labor rates competitive.

Share Ownership

Other than Mr. Graeme Hart, no director or member of our senior management team beneficially owns any shares in Holdings or UCI International, Inc.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.

Major Shareholders and Beneficial Ownership

As of the date of this annual report, Holdings and UCI International, Inc. are indirectly wholly-owned by Mr. Graeme Hart. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Mr. Hart indirectly owned 1,002 shares of Holdings and 1,000 shares of UCI International, Inc.

Related Party Transactions

Other than our strategic owner, Mr. Graeme Hart, none of our directors or members of management has or had any interest in any transactions with us which are or were unusual in their nature or conditions or significant to our business taken as a whole and that were effected during the current or immediately preceding fiscal year, or during any earlier fiscal year and which remain in any respect outstanding or unperformed. No loans are outstanding from us to any director or member of management and there are no guarantees provided by us for the benefit of any such person.

 

70


Table of Contents

In addition to the related party transactions discussed below, from time to time we enter into other transactions with affiliates which are not material to us or our affiliate or unusual in their nature or conditions.

Director and Officer Indemnification Agreements

Holdings has entered into agreements of indemnification for the benefit of the directors and officers of certain subsidiaries of Holdings, including UCI International, Inc., as described under “Part I, Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors’ and Senior Management’s Indemnification Agreements.”

Rank Group

The immediate parent of Holdings is UCI Holdings (No.1) Limited and the ultimate controlling entity is UCI Holdings (No.2) Limited. The ultimate sole shareholder of Holdings is Mr. Graeme Hart. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Rank Group, an entity under the common ultimate control of Mr. Graeme Hart, incurred on behalf of us third party professional fees and expenses totaling $1.7 million, which were then charged to us. As of December 31, 2014, we had a payable to Rank Group of $1.7 million included in related party payables. As of December 31, 2013, there was no balance payable.

Joint Services Agreement

On July 29, 2011, we entered into a JSA with Autoparts Holdings. Under the agreement, we and Autoparts Holdings both agreed to purchase certain administrative services from the other party. The JSA had an initial term of one year that is automatically renewed for additional one-year periods unless either party gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal no later than ninety dates prior to the end of the renewal term. The JSA may be terminated without cause by either party upon 120 days’ advance written notice to the other party. The JSA may also be terminated for breach or termination of affiliation. The JSA contains representations, warranties and indemnity obligations customary for agreements of this type. At each anniversary to date, the JSA has automatically renewed for additional one-year periods. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we charged Autoparts Holdings a net $9.0 million and $5.6 million, respectively, for services rendered pursuant to the JSA. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had receivables from Autoparts Holdings of $1.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, included in related party receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. These amounts are to be repaid in the normal course of business.

UCI International and FRAM Group Cost Sharing and Manufacturing Arrangements

On July 29, 2011, Autoparts Holdings, an affiliate of Rank Group and ultimately owned by our strategic owner, Mr. Hart, completed the acquisition of FRAM Group. Although Holdings and Autoparts Holdings are separate legal entities, both are under the common control of Mr. Hart. In addition, our business and FRAM Group are operated by a common senior management team.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred credits of $5.6 million and incurred costs of $7.6 million, respectively, related to the implementation of our cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group. We charged FRAM Group $0.1 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for FRAM Group’s share of the costs. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, balances totaling $3.9 million and $2.3 million payable, respectively, remained unpaid and are included in related party receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. These amounts are to be repaid in the normal course of business.

Product Purchase Arrangement

Our and the FRAM Group businesses each include filtration products. As a result, opportunities exist to realize cost savings and operational efficiencies between the two filtration businesses as well as to consolidate a number of administrative functions to reduce the costs of the respective companies. As a result of our cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group, FRAM Group has ceased operating at two locations and relocated those operations into other FRAM Group and our filtration manufacturing locations. In addition, certain of our filtration production has been relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations. We and FRAM Group have maintained our own customer relationships and supply our existing customers. Where FRAM Group

 

71


Table of Contents

production has been relocated to our filtration manufacturing locations, we manufacture and supply products to FRAM Group in order to meet their customer orders. Where our production has been relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations, FRAM Group manufactures and supplies products to us to meet our customer orders. Product purchase orders are entered into by us and FRAM Group on an arm’s-length basis to document the terms of the sale of products between us. During 2014, we produced approximately 32 million units for FRAM Group and, based on current forecasts, expect to produce approximately 31 million units for FRAM Group in 2015. During 2014, FRAM Group produced approximately 6 million units for us and, based on current forecasts, expects to produce approximately 10 million units for us in 2015. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had outstanding net receivable balances of $19.7 million and $19.3 million, respectively, related to shipment of products to FRAM Group included in related party receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.

Asset Purchase Agreement

In connection with the relocation of certain operations to Champion’s filtration operations, Champion entered into an asset purchase agreement, dated March 21, 2012, with FRAM Group to purchase certain equipment for $5.6 million, which was relocated to Champion’s plant locations. The full amount of the purchase price was paid by Champion during the fourth quarter of 2011. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the relocation of equipment to the recipient plant locations was completed. Upon completion of the equipment relocation, the total value of the equipment transferred was $4.9 million. The remaining receivable balance of $0.7 million representing the purchase price in excess of asset value transferred was repaid from FRAM Group to Champion during the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Part III, Item 18. Financial Statements.”

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

Constitution of Holdings

Holdings is incorporated under the New Zealand Companies Act 1993 (the “Companies Act”) and its company number is 3208566. Holdings’ purposes and objectives are not expressly stated in its constitution (the “Constitution”). Under the Companies Act, Holdings has full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act, or enter into any transaction.

The following information includes summary descriptions of matters governed by the Constitution and is not meant to be a complete description.

Directors

The board of directors of Holdings (the “Board”), is responsible for managing the business and affairs of Holdings in accordance with the Companies Act and the Constitution, and the Board is vested with all the powers necessary to do this.

Interested Directors

A director who is interested (as that term is defined in section 139 of the Companies Act) in a transaction entered into by Holdings may:

 

  1. vote on any matter relating to the transaction;

 

72


Table of Contents
  2. attend a meeting of the Board at which any matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum;

 

  3. sign a document relating to the transaction on behalf of Holdings; and

 

  4. do any other thing in his or her capacity as a director in relation to the transaction,

as if the director was not interested in such transaction.

Remuneration and Benefits

The Board may authorize:

 

  1. the payment of remuneration or the provision of other benefits by Holdings to a director for services as a director or in any other capacity;

 

  2. the payment by Holdings to a director or former director of compensation for loss of office;

 

  3. the making of loans by Holdings to a director;

 

  4. the giving of guarantees by Holdings for debts incurred by a director; and

 

  5. the entering into of a contract to do any of the things set out in paragraphs 1., 2., 3., and 4. above,

if the Board is satisfied that doing so is fair to Holdings.

Borrowing

Holdings’ directors have all the powers necessary for managing Holdings’ business and affairs, including the power to borrow. There are no restrictions in the Constitution limiting the power of the directors to borrow on behalf of Holdings.

Age Limit of Directors

There is no age limit of directors contained in the Constitution. However, the Companies Act disqualifies persons under 18 years of age from holding office as a director of a company.

Director’s Shareholding Qualification

There is no requirement for a director to hold shares in Holdings.

Shares

Dividends

Dividends on shares can be authorized by the Board at its discretion (subject to the Companies Act and Constitution). Prior to authorizing the payment of a dividend, the Board must be satisfied on reasonable grounds that Holdings will, immediately after payment of the dividend, satisfy the solvency test. The amount of dividends paid on each class of shares will be determined from time to time by the Board.

The Board may resolve to apply any amount which is available for distribution to shareholders either:

 

  (1) in paying up in full shares or other securities to be issued to:

 

  (a) the shareholders who would otherwise be entitled to the distribution; and

 

  (b) the holders of other securities of Holdings who are entitled to participate in bonus issues by Holdings; or

 

73


Table of Contents
  (2) in paying up any amount which is unpaid on any shares held by shareholders.

The Board may issue shares in lieu of proposed dividends to any shareholders who have agreed to accept such shares.

Alteration of Rights

Under the Companies Act, the rights attaching to Holdings’ shares can be varied or abrogated only with the consent of the holders of at least 75% of the issued shares of that class that may be affected, entitled to vote and who vote on the resolution to alter the rights.

Redemption

The Constitution allows the Board to issue shares which are redeemable.

Share in Surplus on Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, the Constitution gives shareholders the right to a proportional share in the distribution of Holdings’ surplus assets. With the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution, the Constitution allows the liquidator of Holdings to divide amongst the shareholders in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the company.

Share in Holdings’ Profit

The Constitution does not provide shareholders with any additional rights to share in Holdings’ profits other than the right to dividends and the right to share in the distribution of Holdings’ surplus assets upon the liquidation of the company.

Sinking Fund Provisions

The Constitution does not contain any sinking fund provisions.

Restrictions on Ownership

The Constitution does not contain limitations on the rights of any person to own securities.

Voting and Shareholders’ Meetings

Shareholders’ meetings are convened with at least 10 working days’ advance notice in writing. Notice must be given to all shareholders entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings. The quorum required for such meetings is present if shareholders or their representatives are present representing the majority of votes to be cast on the business to be transacted at the meeting. If a meeting is adjourned because of a lack of quorum, (a) in the case of a meeting called by the Board on the written request of shareholders representing at least 5% of the voting rights entitled to be exercised on the issue voted at the meeting, the meeting will be dissolved or (b) for any other meeting the meeting shall be adjourned for one week and the holders of shares (or their proxies or representative) present at the adjourned meeting will be a quorum.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the shareholders who, being entitled to do so, vote on the resolution. Special resolutions must be passed by a majority of 75% of the votes of shareholders who are entitled to, and do, vote on the resolution.

Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by a show of hands or a vote by voice unless a poll is demanded. If the Board determines that a meeting is held by audio or audio and visual communication, shareholders may vote at the meeting by signifying individually assent or dissent by voice. Each shareholder will be entitled to one vote on a show of hands or a vote by voice, notwithstanding how many shares it holds.

 

74


Table of Contents

A poll may be demanded by the chairperson or at least five holders of shares having the right to vote at the meeting. A poll may also be demanded by any holder or holders of shares representing not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all the holders of shares having the right to vote at the meeting or by a holder or holders of shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting and on which the aggregate amount paid up is not less than 10% of the total amount paid up on all shares that confer that right.

A shareholder may exercise its right to vote at a meeting by attending in person or by having its proxy or representative attend the meeting.

Change of Control Provisions

The Constitution does not contain any provisions that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Holdings.

Material Contracts

Below is a summary of material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, which Holdings or UCI International entered into or performed or that were otherwise outstanding during the past two years.

Description of the Senior Notes

General

The following summary of certain provisions of the indenture governing the Senior Notes (the Indenture) does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Indenture and the Senior Notes, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). For all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Senior Notes,” references to an entity shall be to it and to any successor in interest thereto.

Brief Description of the Senior Notes

The Senior Notes:

 

    are general senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

    rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

    are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Issuer (including indebtedness of the Issuer outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;

 

    are senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

    are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the guarantors; and

 

    are subordinated to all claims of creditors, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of each of the subsidiaries of the company that is not a guarantor or the Issuer.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

An aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million of Senior Notes is currently outstanding as of the date of this annual report. The Issuer may issue additional Senior Notes, from time to time (the “Additional Notes”). Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to certain covenants set forth in the Indenture. The Senior Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Senior Notes,” references to the Senior Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.

 

75


Table of Contents

The Senior Notes mature on February 15, 2019. Each Senior Note bears interest at 8.625% per annum from the issue date or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually in arrears to holders of record at the close of business on February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Optional Redemption

On or after February 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Senior Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below.

 

Period

   Redemption
Price
 

2015

     104.313

2016

     102.156

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Notes. However, under certain circumstances including changes in control and asset sales, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Senior Notes. We and our affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Senior Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Guarantees

The Guarantees:

 

    are general senior obligations of each Guarantor;

 

    rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture) of such Guarantor;

 

    are effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor (including indebtedness of such Guarantor with respect to its guarantee of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

 

    are senior in right of payment to any subordinated indebtedness of such Guarantor.

Ranking

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes is senior indebtedness of the Issuer, equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Guarantees is senior indebtedness of each Guarantor, equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of such Guarantor and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of such Guarantor.

At December 31, 2014:

 

  (1) Holdings and its subsidiaries had an aggregate principal amount of $308.0 million of indebtedness outstanding secured by liens, and Holdings and its subsidiaries had $48.5 million of availability under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which if borrowed would be similarly secured; and

 

76


Table of Contents
  (2) Holdings and its subsidiaries had an aggregate principal amount of $708.0 million of unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding consisting of amounts outstanding under the Senior Notes (including the Guarantees with respect thereto) and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The Senior Notes and Guarantees rank pari passu in right of payment with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (and related guarantees). In the event that the Issuer or a Guarantor becomes a debtor in a United States bankruptcy case and claims under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are not fully secured, claims of holders of Senior Notes and Guarantees will rank pari passu in right of payment with the unsecured portion of claims of holders of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (and related guarantees).

Unless a subsidiary of Holdings is a subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer, claims of creditors of such subsidiary, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such subsidiary generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiary over the claims of creditors of the Issuer, including holders of the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of subsidiaries of Holdings that are not the subsidiary Guarantors or the Issuer. As of December 31, 2014, UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes accounted for $185.1 million, or approximately 14% of our total assets, and for the year ended December 31, 2014, UCI International, Inc.’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes accounted for (i) $224.9 million, or approximately 22%, of our net sales to third parties and (ii) $32.4 million, or approximately 29%, of our total Adjusted EBITDA. See “Part I, Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Structure, the Guarantees and the Senior Notes. Not all of our subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes, and the Senior Notes and the guarantees of the Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the claims of creditors of those non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

Change of Control

Upon a change in control, as defined in the Indenture, each holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), except to the extent the Issuer has previously elected to redeem all of the Senior Notes.

Certain Covenants

The Indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Holdings and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness and issue disqualified and preferred stock;

 

    make restricted payments, including dividends and other distributions;

 

    sell assets;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

    create certain liens; and

 

    consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets.

These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions.

Defaults

The Indenture governing the Senior Notes contains customary events of default, including:

 

    non-payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Senior Notes;

 

    non-payment of interest on any Senior Note for a continuous period of 30 days;

 

    breach of restrictions on mergers and sale of substantially all assets;

 

    breach of any agreement in the Senior Notes or the Indenture governing the Senior Notes by Holdings or any restricted subsidiary that is not cured within 60 days of notice;

 

77


Table of Contents
    cross-defaults or acceleration of any other indebtedness in excess of $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

 

    certain bankruptcy or insolvency events;

 

    certain material judgments against Holdings or any significant subsidiary; and

 

    invalidity of any guarantee of Holdings or a significant subsidiary.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

On January 26, 2011, we entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, pursuant to which certain lenders provided term and revolving loans and commitments to the Issuer and any subsidiaries of Holdings designated as borrowers, after the closing date of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “Additional Borrowers”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to $375.0 million.

The proceeds of the term loans made under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities were applied, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Equity Contribution and available cash of UCI International (i) to finance the UCI Acquisition, (ii) to repay the 2010 Credit Facility, (iii) to repurchase, call for redemption and satisfy and discharge the Senior PIK Notes and (iv) to pay related fees and expenses.

Structure

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of the following:

 

    $300.0 million of term loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, borrowed by the Issuer on the closing of the Transactions ($288.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2014); and

 

    a Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of $75.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million may be drawn by way of letters of credit), of which $20.0 million was drawn at December 31, 2014 and the remainder of which may be drawn by the Issuer or any Additional Borrowers. Certain letters of credit of $6.5 million were issued at December 31, 2014 and, consequently, availability under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility was reduced by $26.5 million.

We (or any Additional Borrower) may by written notice to the agent under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities request incremental term or revolving facilities in an amount of up to $235.0 million (the “Incremental Facility Amount”) in the aggregate, less any amounts previously used to incur such incremental facilities. The existing lenders have no obligation to make the Incremental Facility Amount available to us, and the existing lenders may agree or decline to participate in the incremental facilities in their sole discretion. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that, to the extent incremental term loans or incremental revolving commitments are used concurrently with the incurrence thereof to refinance term loans and revolving credit commitments outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, such usage will not reduce the otherwise available Incremental Facility Amount.

Incremental lenders share, to the extent possible, in the collateral securing and the guarantees in respect of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities on a pari passu basis.

Repayment, Prepayments and Amortization

The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will mature on January 26, 2016. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility will mature on July 26, 2017.

The term loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility amortize in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount thereof outstanding on the closing date of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, with the balance payable in full on the maturity date thereof.

 

78


Table of Contents

In addition, the outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are required to be prepaid with (a) up to 50% of excess cash flow (which will be reduced to 25% if the senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.00x), (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset dispositions, subject to certain thresholds and reinvestment exceptions, and (c) 100% of the net proceeds of debt that is incurred in violation of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts and break funding costs. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also provide that Holdings, the Issuer (or any Additional Borrower) or any of their respective subsidiaries is permitted to repurchase all or any portion of the outstanding term loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility pursuant to auction procedures and certain other conditions set forth therein.

Interest Rate and Fees

The rate of interest on loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities for each interest period is the percentage rate per annum equal to the sum of:

 

  (i) the applicable margin; and

 

  (ii) (A) in the case of Alternate Base Rate (“ABR”) borrowings, the greatest of (1) the agent’s prime rate in effect from time to time, (2) the Federal funds effective rate in effect from time to time plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (3) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined below) for a three month interest period plus 1.00%; and

(B) in the case of Eurocurrency borrowings, the greater of (1) the LIBO rate for the interest period in effect multiplied by statutory reserves and (2) 1.50% per annum (the “LIBOR Floor”) (such rate, the “Adjusted LIBO Rate”).

The applicable margin is equal to (i) with respect to any Eurocurrency term loan, 4.00% per annum, (ii) with respect to any ABR term loan, 3.00% per annum, (iii) with respect to any Eurocurrency revolving loan, 4.00% per annum and (iv) with respect to any ABR revolving loan, 3.00% per annum.

If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.00% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.00% per annum above the amount that would apply to an ABR loan.

The borrowers are required to pay a commitment fee equal to 1.125% per annum on undrawn and uncancelled amounts of the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The borrowers are also required to pay certain arrangement fees to certain lenders in connection with the syndication of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and agency fees to the agent under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, in the amounts and at the times agreed to between the relevant parties.

The borrowers are required to pay to each revolving lender under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility a letter of credit participation fee, calculated at the rate equal to the margin applicable to Eurocurrency loans under the revolving credit facilities, on the outstanding amount of such lender’s pro rata percentage of letter of credit exposure under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. The relevant borrower is also required to pay to any letter of credit issuing bank the fronting, issuing and drawing fees specified from time to time by such issuing bank.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Holdings and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Notes, including the Issuer and any Additional Borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, subject to certain legal and tax limitations and other agreed exceptions.

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantee of those obligations (as well as obligations under certain hedging agreements and certain cash management obligations), are secured by certain assets of Holdings, the Issuer (and any Additional Borrowers) and certain of the other guarantors under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, subject to certain agreed limitations.

 

79


Table of Contents

Covenants

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain financial, affirmative and negative covenants that we believe are usual and customary for a senior credit facility of this type. The negative covenants in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities include limitations (subject to agreed exceptions) on the ability of Holdings and its material subsidiaries to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees and hedging arrangements);

 

    incur liens;

 

    enter into sale and lease-back transactions;

 

    make loans and investments;

 

    implement mergers, dispositions and sales of assets;

 

    make restricted payments or enter into restrictive agreements;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates on non-arm’s length terms;

 

    change the business conducted by Holdings and its subsidiaries;

 

    prepay, or make redemptions and repurchases of the Senior Notes and certain other specified debt;

 

    amend the terms of the Senior Notes;

 

    amend certain organizational documents;

 

    change Holdings’ fiscal year; and

 

    conduct an active business (in the case of Holdings).

In addition to other customary exceptions, Holdings and its subsidiaries are able to incur additional indebtedness, including the ability to incur (a) certain other senior secured indebtedness (that will share in the collateral) so long as, among other conditions, Holdings is in pro forma compliance with its financial covenants, (b) certain secured junior indebtedness (that will share in the collateral) and unsecured indebtedness so long as, among other conditions, Holdings is in pro forma compliance with its financial covenants, (c) certain indebtedness that is subordinated to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities so long as, among other conditions, Holdings is in pro forma compliance with its financial covenants and (d) certain permitted refinancing indebtedness in respect of the foregoing. Indebtedness of the type described in clause (a) and certain permitted refinancing indebtedness thereof may be secured on a pari passu basis by the same collateral securing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary financial covenants, including a maximum senior secured leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio and limitations on capital expenditures. We are required to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.00x and a maximum senior secured leverage ratio which becomes increasingly more restrictive over time to 2.50x. The maximum senior secured leverage ratio was 3.00x during 2014 and is 2.75x during 2015.

Events of Default

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain customary events of default (subject in certain cases to certain cure periods), including:

 

    non-payment of principal, interest or other amounts;

 

    violation of covenants;

 

    material breach of the representations or warranties;

 

    cross-default and cross-acceleration to other material indebtedness;

 

    bankruptcy;

 

    material judgments;

 

    certain ERISA events;

 

    actual or asserted invalidity of any collateral or guarantee; and

 

    a change of control (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities).

 

80


Table of Contents

Exchange Controls

There are no regulatory limitations on New Zealand companies or other organizations borrowing money in New Zealand or overseas. There are no restrictions on the holding of notes (other than requirements to obtain overseas investment approval in certain circumstances for notes which convert or may be converted to equity capital) of New Zealand companies.

The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (the “Bank”) is authorized under the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 to deal in foreign exchange. The relevant Minister of the New Zealand Government may, for the purpose of influencing the exchange rate or exchange rate trends, direct the Bank to deal in foreign exchange within guidelines prescribed by the Minister. The Minister may also fix exchange rates for foreign exchange dealing by the Bank.

The Governor of the Bank has the authority to temporarily suspend the dealing by registered banks in any foreign exchange or certain kinds of foreign exchange to avoid disorder in the foreign exchange market.

Most foreign exchange dealing is undertaken through registered banks, although there is no legal impediment preventing any person or corporation dealing in foreign exchange other than any temporary restriction imposed by the Governor of the Bank.

Documents on Display

Statements contained in this annual report as to the contents of any contract or other document summarize their material terms, but are not necessarily complete. A complete copy of such contracts or documents may be inspected by the noteholders at the offices of UCI International at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, IL 60045, upon request.

 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Our exposure to market risk consists of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exposure

Currency Translation

As a result of international operating activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates, principally exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Euro, Mexican peso, British pound and the Chinese yuan. The results of operations of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for each relevant period, except for our Chinese subsidiaries, where cost of sales is translated primarily at historical exchange rates. This translation has no impact on our cash flow. However, as foreign exchange rates change, there are changes to the U.S. dollar equivalent of sales and expenses denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. In 2014, approximately 8% of our net sales were made by our non-U.S. subsidiaries and our total non-U.S. net sales represented approximately 19% of our total net sales. While these results, as measured in U.S. dollars, are subject to foreign exchange rate fluctuations, we do not consider the related risk to be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

The following table summarizes the potential impact on sales of a 10% change in the relationship of the U.S. dollar to the foreign currencies of our foreign subsidiaries (in millions):

 

     2014 Sales      Potential Impact  

Euro

   $ 46.0       $ 4.6   

Mexican peso

     24.6         2.5   

British pound

     13.9         1.4   

Chinese yuan

     6.4         0.6   

Except for the Chinese subsidiaries, the balance sheets of non-U.S. subsidiaries are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the closing exchange rates as of the relevant balance sheet date. Any adjustments resulting from the remeasurement are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our consolidated balance sheets. For our Chinese subsidiaries, non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at historical rates

 

81


Table of Contents

and monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the closing exchange rate as of the relevant balance sheet date. Adjustments resulting from the remeasurement of the balance sheets of our Chinese subsidiaries are recorded in our statements of comprehensive income (loss).

The following table summarizes the potential impact on net asset values of a 10% change in the relationship of the U.S. dollar to the foreign currencies of our non-U.S. subsidiaries (in millions):

 

     2014 Net Asset
Value
     Potential Impact  

Euro

   $ 27.7       $ 2.8   

Mexican peso

     11.2         1.1   

British pound

     (0.7      (0.1

Currency Transactions

Currency transaction exposure arises when sales and purchases are made by a company in a currency other than its own functional currency. In 2015, we expect to source approximately $114.8 million of components from China. To the extent possible, we structure arrangements where the purchase transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars as a means to minimize near-term exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. If we are unable to negotiate commensurate price decreases from our Chinese suppliers, these higher prices would eventually translate into higher cost of sales. In that event we would attempt to obtain corresponding price increases from our customers, but there are no assurances that we would be successful. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the value of the Chinese yuan decreased by 2.4% and increased by 2.9%, respectively.

Prior to 2012, our Mexican operations sourced a significant amount of inventory from the United States. In 2012, we initiated, and during 2013 completed, a restructuring plan affecting our Mexican operations, which has resulted in a reduction in the amount of U.S. sourced inventory purchased by our Mexican operations, thereby reducing our currency exposure risk related to these inventory purchases. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso means that our Mexican operations pay more pesos to obtain inventory from the United States. Conversely, a weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso means that our Mexican operations pay fewer pesos to obtain inventory from the United States. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Mexican peso by 12.8% and 1.6%, respectively.

In December 2013, we established a $100.0 million, U.S. dollar-denominated, intercompany loan with one of our subsidiaries. A strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the New Zealand dollar means that the equivalent value of the intercompany receivable in New Zealand dollars will increase. Conversely, a weakening of the U.S. dollar against the New Zealand dollar means that the equivalent value of the intercompany receivable in New Zealand dollars will decrease. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the value of the New Zealand dollar against the U.S. dollar decreased 4.8% and we recognized non-cash unrealized foreign exchange gains of $4.9 million, which are included in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) in interest expense, net. A 10% increase in the relationship of the U.S. dollar to the New Zealand dollar would result in a $9.1 million potential impact from unrealized foreign exchange gains. A 10% decrease in the relationship of the U.S. dollar to the New Zealand dollar would result in an $11.1 million potential impact from unrealized foreign exchange losses. For further discussion of the accounting treatment of the foreign currency impact on the intercompany loan see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

We will continue to monitor our transaction exposure to currency rate changes and in the future may enter into currency forward and option contracts to reduce this exposure, as appropriate. As of December 31, 2014, we had no foreign currency contracts outstanding. We do not engage in speculative activities.

Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2014 debt levels and borrowing rates, annual interest expense including amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, would be $56.0 million. The interest rate on our Senior Secured Credit

 

82


Table of Contents

Facilities is subject to an Adjusted LIBO Rate floor of 1.5%. If variable interest rates were to increase by 0.25% per annum over the Adjusted LIBO Rate floor, the net impact would be a decrease of approximately $0.5 million in our net income and cash flow. A decrease in the variable interest rate would have no impact due to the Adjusted LIBO Rate floor. The one month unadjusted LIBO Rate at December 31, 2014 was 0.169%. We utilize, and we will continue to utilize, sensitivity analyses to assess the potential effect of interest rate fluctuations on our variable rate debt.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

Not applicable.

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in U.S. Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the company. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may decline.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commissions, or COSO, 2013 framework. Based on this evaluation, management has assessed the effectiveness of Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2014, and concluded that such internal control over financial reporting is effective.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during 2014.

 

ITEM 16. RESERVED.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT.

Mr. Allen Hugli, a member of the Audit Committee, has been designated by the Board of Directors as the “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as defined by the SEC. Mr. Hugli is not independent of management as defined by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

83


Table of Contents
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

In March 2012, we adopted a Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, Tax Director, Assistant Controllers, Assistant Treasurers and the Chief Executive Officers, Chief Financial Officers and Controllers of the Company’s principal business units. This Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers covers a range of financial and non-financial business practices and procedures, requiring Financial Managers to act with honesty and integrity, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, to fully and fairly disclose appropriate information in a timely and understandable manner, and to comply with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations and other appropriate private and public regulatory agencies. Any waiver of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers may be made only by the Board of Directors or, if the Board of Directors shall determine, by the Audit Committee, and will be promptly disclosed as required by law. There have been no waivers of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers as of the date of this annual report. The Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers will be provided to any person, without charge, by contacting the Company in writing at 1900 West Field Court, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, attention Vice President, Internal Audit.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The following table sets forth the fees billed to us for professional services rendered by our principal accountant, Grant Thornton LLP (in thousands):

 

     Total Fees  

Services

   2014      2013      2012  

Audit fees (1)

   $ 1,305       $ 1,448       $ 1,670   

Audit-related fees (2)

     113         223         189   

Tax fees (3)

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

$ 1,418    $ 1,671    $ 1,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Audit fees include fees for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, reviews of quarterly financial statements and the audit or review services related to the issuance and registration of the Senior Notes with the SEC.
(2) Audit-related fees in 2014, 2013 and 2012 included audits of our pension plans.
(3) Tax Fees: No tax services were rendered during 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Upon establishing our Audit Committee, our policy requires the Audit Committee to approve all audit, audit-related and other services.

Subsequent to the UCI Acquisition and until establishing our Audit Committee, our policy was to require the Board of Directors’ approval for all audit, audit-related and other services.

Prior to the UCI Acquisition, UCI International, Inc.’s former Board of Directors maintained an Audit Committee, whose policy was to require the Audit Committee to pre-approve audit, audit-related, tax and other services.

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.

Not applicable.

 

84


Table of Contents
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT.

None.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings are contained in “Financial Statements” beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS.

 

Exhibit

No.

  

DESCRIPTION

  1.1    Certificate of Incorporation of UCI Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  1.2    Constitution of UCI Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  2.1    Indenture, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among Uncle Acquisition 2010 Corp, UCI Holdings Limited, UCI Acquisition Holdings (No. 1) Corp, UCI Acquisition Holdings (No. 2) Corp, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  2.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among UCI International, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  2.3    Form of senior note (included in Exhibit 4.3) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among Uncle Acquisition 2010 Corp, UCI International, Inc., UCI Holdings Limited, UCI Acquisition Holdings (No. 1) Corp, UCI Acquisition Holdings (No. 2) Corp, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and the several lenders from time to time parties thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.2    Guarantor Joinder to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.3    Collateral Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among UCI International, Inc., UCI Holdings Limited, the Grantors from time to time parties thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).

 

85


Table of Contents
  4.4 Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, between Airtex Products, LP and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.5 Patent Security Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among Airtex Products, LP, Champion Laboratories, Inc. and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.6 Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2011, by and among Airtex Products, LP, ASC Industries, Inc., Champion Laboratories, Inc., Wells Manufacturing, LP and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.7 Fourth Amended and Restated Champion Laboratories Pension Plan, effective as of January 1, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to UCI Holdco Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-147178) filed November 6, 2007).
  4.8 UCI Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to UCI Holdco Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-147178) filed November 6, 2007).
  4.9 Agreement of Indemnification, dated January 11, 2011, by UCI Holdings Limited for the benefit and in favor of the Indemnitees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.10 Agreement of Indemnification, dated January 26, 2011, by UCI Holdings Limited for the benefit and in favor of the Indemnitees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed April 20, 2011).
  4.11 Joint Services Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, between UCI International, Inc. and Autoparts Holdings Limited. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 6-K filed August 1, 2011).
  4.12 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 21, 2012, between Champion Laboratories, Inc. and FRAM Group Operations LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed March 26, 2012).
  7.1 Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  8.1 List of Subsidiaries.
12.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

UCI Holdings Limited (Registrant)

Date: March 4, 2015

By:

/s/ Ricardo F. Alvergue

Name: Ricardo F. Alvergue
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

87


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited annual consolidated financial statements of UCI Holdings Limited    Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F- 1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholder

UCI Holdings Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of UCI Holdings Limited (a New Zealand registered company) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UCI Holdings Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 4, 2015

 

F- 2


Table of Contents

UCI Holdings Limited

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44,468      $ 76,619   

Accounts receivable, net (Note 3)

     216,473        221,872   

Related party receivables (Note 14)

     17,208        17,179   

Inventories (Note 5)

     230,924        202,412   

Deferred tax assets (Note 11)

     30,901        30,256   

Other current assets

     19,926        22,776   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

  559,900      571,114   

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 6)

  168,834      168,772   

Goodwill (Note 7)

  308,080      309,703   

Other intangible assets, net (Note 7)

  310,351      373,433   

Deferred financing costs, net

  11,578      14,622   

Other long-term assets

  1,380      4,115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,360,123    $ 1,441,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 143,618    $ 152,052   

Current maturities of long-term debt (note 10)

  23,166      3,176   

Related party payables (Note 14)

  2,450      587   

Product returns liability (Note 9)

  37,635      42,031   

Interest payable

  13,083      13,081   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 8)

  50,869      58,665   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  270,821      269,592   

Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 10)

  684,998      687,860   

Pension and other post-retirement liabilities (Note 12)

  97,720      62,256   

Deferred tax liabilities (Note 11)

  78,254      122,983   

Long-term related party payables (Note 14)

  101      361   

Other long-term liabilities

  2,648      2,925   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  1,134,542      1,145,977   

Contingencies (Note 13)

Shareholder’s equity

Common stock

  320,038      320,038   

Retained deficit

  (52,894   (17,485

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 17)

  (41,563   (6,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

  225,581      295,782   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

$ 1,360,123    $ 1,441,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 3


Table of Contents

UCI Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss)

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Net sales

      

Third party net sales

   $ 958,540      $ 927,996      $ 928,115   

Related party net sales (Note 14)

     51,253        67,934        56,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net sales

  1,009,793      995,930      984,497   

Cost of sales

  871,229      837,267      775,238   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  138,564      158,663      209,259   

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative

  (63,218   (84,655   (96,832

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  (22,167   (22,176   (22,165

Restructuring costs, net (Note 2)

  (16,876   (7,593   (5,877

Trademark impairment loss (Note 7)

  (38,000   (2,000   —     

Patent litigation costs (Note 13)

  (158   (2,200   —     

Antitrust litigation costs (Note 13)

  (44   (198   (1,228
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

  (1,899   39,841      83,157   

Other expense

Interest expense, net (Note 10)

  (50,454   (51,453   (54,765

Miscellaneous, net (Note 18)

  (8,589   (3,623   (6,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (60,942   (15,235   22,204   

Income tax benefit (expense) (Note 11)

  24,694      2,993      (7,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

$ (36,248 $ (12,242 $ 14,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  (9,743   1,318      1,930   

Pension and OPEB liability, net of tax of $15,585 ($21,922) and $6,041

  (25,049   35,545      (11,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

  (34,792   36,863      (9,155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

$ (71,040 $ 24,621    $ 5,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 4


Table of Contents

UCI Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income attributable to equity holder

   $ (36,248   $ (12,242   $ 14,627   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     56,096        52,806        52,224   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance costs

     3,343        3,161        2,993   

(Gain) loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

     (1,573     139        (475

Unrealized foreign exchange gains

     (4,878     —          —     

Asset impairments

     448        2,553        2,236   

Patent litigation accrual

     —          2,200        —     

Trademark impairment loss

     38,000        2,000        —     

Deferred income taxes

     (30,237     (11,449     13,111   

Other non-cash items, net

     345        (953     (1,716

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     3,390        6,347        29,929   

Related party receivables, net

     1,835        2,907        (9,627

Inventories

     (30,012     (26,833     (16,626

Other current assets

     2,814        4,226        (11,631

Other assets

     2,656        (380     (1,890

Accounts payable

     (7,857     19,060        9,376   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (11,358     (2,897     (15,693

Other long-term liabilities

     (5,421     (780     (14,996
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  (18,657   39,865      51,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

  (34,451   (40,619   (36,786

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  4,395      1,448      1,968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (30,056   (39,171   (34,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

Issuances of borrowings

  —        —        500   

Revolver borrowings

  30,000      —        —     

Revolver repayments

  (10,000   —        —     

Debt repayments

  (3,070   (3,089   (6,552

Equity contribution

  —        —        38   

Excess proceeds over net book value of long-lived assets sold to an entity under common control

  839      —        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities

  17,769      (3,089   (6,014

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  (1,207   97      210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  (32,151   (2,298   11,220   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  76,619      78,917      67,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 44,468    $ 76,619    $ 78,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 5


Table of Contents

UCI Holdings Limited

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands)

 

     Common
Stock
     Retained
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 320,000       $ (19,870   $ (34,479   $ 265,651   

Equity contribution

     38         —          —          38   

Net income

     —           14,627        —          14,627   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     —           —          (9,155     (9,155
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

$ 320,038    $ (5,243 $ (43,634 $ 271,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  —        (12,242   —        (12,242

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

  —        —        36,863      36,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$ 320,038    $ (17,485 $ (6,771 $ 295,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

Net loss

  —        (36,248   —        (36,248

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  —        —        (34,792   (34,792
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

  —        (36,248   (34,792   (71,040

Excess proceeds over net book value of long-lived assets sold to an entity under common control (Note 14)

  —        839      —        839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ 320,038    $ (52,894 $ (41,563 $ 225,581   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 6


Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — GENERAL AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

UCI Holdings Limited (“Holdings”), an entity domiciled in New Zealand, was incorporated on November 26, 2010 for the purpose of consummating the acquisition of UCI International, Inc., (together with its subsidiaries, “UCI International”). All operations of Holdings are conducted by United Components, Inc. (“UCI”) through its subsidiaries, which is a leading designer, manufacturer and distributor of a broad range of filtration products, fuel delivery and cooling systems products and vehicle electronics products. UCI manufactures and distributes vehicle parts, primarily servicing the vehicle replacement parts market in North America and Europe.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Holdings and are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Holdings consolidates all entities that are controlled by ownership of a majority voting interest as well as variable interest entities for which Holdings is the primary beneficiary, if any. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Financial Statement Presentation

The following provides a description of certain items that appear in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss):

Net sales includes the selling price of our products sold to our customers, less provisions for warranty costs, estimated sales returns, customer allowances and cash discounts. Shipping and handling fees that are billed to customers are classified as net sales.

Cost of sales includes all costs of manufacturing required to bring a product to a ready-for-sale condition, as well as costs to warehouse and distribute product to customers. Such costs include direct and indirect materials (net of vendor consideration), direct and indirect labor costs (including pension, post-retirement and other fringe benefits), supplies, utilities, freight, depreciation, insurance, and other costs. Cost of sales also includes all costs to procure, package and ship products which are purchased and resold.

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include sales and marketing and general and administrative costs. Major cost elements include executive, accounting and administrative personnel salaries and fringe benefits (including pension, post-retirement and other fringe benefits), professional fees, insurance, provisions for doubtful accounts, rent, depreciation and amortization, advertising and information technology costs.

Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.0 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Comparatives

Certain comparative balances for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been reclassified to conform to the current method of presentation.

 

F- 7


Table of Contents

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and assumptions include estimates of collectability of accounts receivable and the realizability of inventory, goodwill and other intangible assets. They also include estimates of cost accruals, environmental liabilities, warranty and product returns, insurance reserves, income taxes, pensions and other post-retirement benefits and other factors. Management has exercised reasonableness in deriving these estimates; however, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Segment Reporting

In accordance with the guidance included in Accounting Standards Codification ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” Holdings reports as one segment. Holdings is in one business, which is the manufacturing and distribution of vehicle parts. The products and services, customer base, distribution channel, manufacturing process, procurement and economic characteristics are similar throughout all of Holdings’ operations.

Revenue Recognition

Holdings records sales, including related party sales to FRAM Group, when title has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed and determinable and the collection of the related accounts receivable is reasonably assured. Holdings’ related party sales to FRAM Group are entered into on an arm’s-length basis documented by product purchase orders.

Provisions for estimated sales returns, allowances and warranty costs are recorded when the sales are recorded. Sales returns, allowances and warranty costs are estimated based upon historical experience, current trends and Holdings’ expectations regarding future experience. Adjustments to such returns, allowances and warranty costs are made as new information becomes available.

In order to obtain exclusive contracts with certain customers, Holdings may incur up-front costs or assume the cost of returns of products sold by the previous supplier. The up-front costs are capitalized and amortized over the life of the contract as a reduction of sales. The cost of returns of products sold by the previous supplier is recorded as a reduction to net sales as incurred.

New business changeover costs also can include the costs related to removing a new customer’s inventory and replacing it with Holdings’ inventory, commonly referred to as a “stocklift.” Stocklift costs are recorded as a reduction of net sales when incurred.

Restructuring Charges

Holdings recognizes a liability for restructuring charges in the period in which the liability is incurred. These restructuring charges include costs for certain initiatives such as consolidation of operations or facilities, management reorganization, rationalization of non-manufacturing infrastructure, outsourcing of non-core components and asset impairments. See Note 2 for a more detailed discussion of restructuring charges.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

 

F- 8


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Holdings generally does not require collateral for its trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are recorded at face amounts less an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the future. These allowances are established based on a combination of write-off history, aging analysis and specific account evaluations. When a receivable balance is known to be uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using standard cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are reduced by an allowance for excess and obsolete inventories, based on Holdings’ review of on-hand inventories and historical usage. The expense of inventory allowances is included in cost of sales.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis, over the estimated service lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their service life or the remaining term of the lease.

Major renewals and improvements of property, plant and equipment are capitalized, and repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Repairs and maintenance expenses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $9.1 million, $6.2 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

Trademarks with finite lives and other intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives on an accelerated or straight-line basis commensurate with the expected benefits received from such intangible assets.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits

Holdings’ consolidated balance sheets reflect the funded status of its pension and post-retirement benefit plans. The funded status of the plans is measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. Holdings recognizes, in the consolidated balance sheets, the aggregate overfunding of any plans in other long-term assets and the aggregate underfunding of any plans in accrued expense and other current liabilities for current portions and in pension and other post-retirement liabilities for non-current portions. Holdings records unrecognized gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related taxes in the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Trademarks with Indefinite Lives

Goodwill is subject to annual review unless conditions arise that require a more frequent evaluation. The review for impairment is either a qualitative assessment or a two-step process. If Holdings chooses to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that the fair value of Holdings more likely than not exceeds the carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. For the two-step process, the first step is to compare the estimated fair value of Holdings with the recorded net book value (including the goodwill). If the estimated fair value of Holdings is higher than the recorded net book value, no impairment is deemed to exist and no further testing is required. If, however, the estimated fair value of Holdings is below the recorded net book value, then a second step must be performed to determine the goodwill impairment required, if any. In this second step, the implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the excess of the fair value of Holdings over the fair values assigned to Holdings’ assets and liabilities. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the book value of the goodwill, the difference is recognized as an impairment loss.

Holdings performs its annual goodwill impairment review as of December 31 of each year using discounted future cash flows, unless conditions exist that would require a more frequent evaluation. The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is subjective because it requires the use of estimates and assumptions as to future cash flows, discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets, future economic and market conditions, competition, customer relations, pricing, raw material costs, production costs, selling, general and administrative costs and income and other taxes. Although Holdings bases cash flow forecasts on assumptions that are consistent with plans and estimates used to manage Holdings, there is significant judgment in estimating the cash flows. See Note 7 for information regarding the results of the impairment testing at December 31, 2014.

 

F- 9


Table of Contents

Trademarks with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of December 31 unless conditions arise that would require a more frequent evaluation. In assessing the recoverability of these assets, projections regarding estimated discounted future cash flows and other factors are made to determine if impairment has occurred. If Holdings concludes that there has been impairment, Holdings will write down the carrying value of the asset to its fair value. See Note 7 for information regarding impairment losses recorded in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Holdings also evaluates those trademarks with indefinite lives to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite lives. As of December 31, 2014, Holdings has concluded that events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite lives of these trade names.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Trademarks with Indefinite Lives and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of

Holdings evaluates all of its long-lived assets, including intangibles with finite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of such long-lived assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows that are expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount exceeds the expected undiscounted future cash flows, the asset is considered to be impaired. If an asset is considered to be impaired, it is written down to fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. See Note 2 for information regarding impairment losses for property, plant and equipment recorded in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are also recognized for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Holdings establishes valuation allowances against deferred tax assets when the ability to fully utilize these benefits is determined to be uncertain. See Note 11 for information regarding valuation allowances currently being applied. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable in the years in which they are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax law is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Holdings does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested. Where Holdings does not intend to permanently reinvest earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries, Holdings provides for U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes, where applicable, on undistributed earnings.

Holdings records a liability for uncertain tax positions when management concludes that the likelihood of sustaining such positions upon examination by taxing authorities is less than “more-likely-than-not.” Holdings also records any interest and penalties related to these uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax (expense) benefit in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign Currency Translation

Chinese operations — The functional currency of the majority of Holdings’ Chinese operations is the U.S. dollar. The results of operations are remeasured into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for each relevant period, except for cost of sales which is remeasured primarily at historical exchange rates. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into U.S. dollars at historical rates, and monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at the closing exchange rate as of the applicable balance sheet date. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the balance sheet are recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

All other non-U.S. operations — The functional currencies for all other non-U.S. operations are their local currencies. The results of operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the applicable period. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the applicable balance sheet date. Resulting cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a component of shareholder’s equity in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F- 10


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Transactions

Transaction exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) in the appropriate line based upon the nature of the transaction. The net foreign exchange losses (gains) recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $1.9 million, ($0.3) million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Reporting of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes (i) net income (loss), (ii) the cumulative effect of translating balance sheets of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries to U.S. dollars and (iii) adjustments for pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities. The last two items are not included in the determination of net income and are reflected as adjustments to shareholder’s equity.

Environmental Liabilities

Holdings accrues for environmental investigation, remediation and penalty costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The liability is determined on an undiscounted cash flow basis and is not reduced for potential claims for recovery. Claims for recovery are recognized as agreements are reached with third parties. Environmental expenditures are capitalized if they mitigate or prevent future contamination or if they improve the environmental safety or efficiency of the existing assets. All other environmental costs are expensed as incurred. Environmental cost estimates may include expenses for remediation of identified sites, long-term monitoring, payments for claims, administrative expenses, and expenses for ongoing evaluations and litigation. The liability is adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress or as additional technical or legal information becomes available.

Insurance Reserves

Holdings’ insurance policies for workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability include high deductibles or self-insured retention (up to $0.5 million per event) for which we are responsible, which are recorded in accrued expenses as incurred. Estimates of such losses involve substantial uncertainties including litigation trends, the severity of reported claims and incurred but not yet reported claims. External actuaries are used to assist us in estimating these losses. Holdings’ self-insured insurance reserves, including group medical insurance reserves, were $7.3 million as of December 31, 2014. A hypothetical 10% increase in the insurance reserves would decrease our pre-tax earnings by $0.7 million.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Holdings routinely enters into purchase agreements to acquire materials used in the normal course of its operations. In certain instances, a routine purchase agreement may meet the technical definition of a derivative. In all such cases, Holdings elects the “normal purchases” exemption from derivative accounting.

Holdings has at times entered into long-term, fixed price contracts with suppliers and formula price agreements with suppliers and customers to mitigate market risk exposure for commodity prices which can result in changes in the cost of production. Holdings has elected the “mark-to-market” accounting for these transactions.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

On January 1, 2014, Holdings adopted the amendments to guidance issued by the FASB on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments require entities to present an unrecognized tax benefit netted against certain deferred tax assets when specific requirements are met. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of Holdings.

 

F- 11


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In April 2014, the FASB issued amendments to change the criteria for reporting discontinued operations while enhancing disclosures in this area. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift in a company’s operations and financial results should be reported as discontinued operations, with expanded disclosures. In addition, the new guidance requires disclosure of the pre-tax income attributable to a disposal of a significant part of an organization that does not qualify as a discontinued operation. These amendments are effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The guidance applies prospectively to new disposals and new classifications of disposal groups held for sale after the effective date. Management does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the financial statements of Holdings.

In May 2014, the FASB issued amendments that are a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that require entities to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. These amendments create common revenue recognition guidance between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. These amendments are effective retrospectively for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption not permitted. Holdings is currently evaluating the new standard.

In August 2014, the FASB issued amendments that provide guidance on disclosure of uncertainties about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. Under the new guidance, management will be required to evaluate at every interim and annual reporting period whether conditions or events exist that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. In addition, certain disclosure in the financial statements will be required when substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern exists. These amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Management does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the financial statements of Holdings.

NOTE 2 — RESTRUCTURING COSTS, NET

Restructuring costs incurred relate to Holdings’ manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization plans and business integration activities which are reported in restructuring costs, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The components of restructuring costs, net are as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization

   $ (13.7    $ (2.2    $ (0.4

Severance

     (3.2      (3.3      (2.4

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

     (0.5      (2.6      (2.2

Gains on sale of land, buildings and equipment

     0.5         0.1         0.4   

Curtailment and settlement gains (losses)

     —           0.4         (1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (16.9 $ (7.6 $ (5.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014 Activities

Beginning in 2013, Holdings initiated a manufacturing footprint optimization plan for its fuel delivery systems product line. The plan involved a workforce reduction and outsourcing of production, including relocation of associated equipment, to facilities owned by third-party component suppliers and existing facilities of Holdings’ subsidiaries. The plan was substantially completed by the end of the third quarter of 2014. Holdings incurred $1.1 million of professional costs associated with the review of the manufacturing footprint for its fuel delivery systems product line, $0.8 million of severance costs associated with the termination of 79 employees, $0.8 million of manufacturing footprint optimization execution costs, $0.3 million of costs associated with asset relocation and installation and $0.1 million for employee retention costs.

 

F- 12


Table of Contents

In December 2013, Holdings approved and announced a plan to close one of its U.S. filtration facilities and transfer the manufacturing capacity, along with associated equipment, to one of Holdings existing U.S. facilities and one facility operated by FRAM Group, the automotive consumer products business of Autoparts Holdings Limited (“Autoparts Holdings”). The facility ceased operations as of July 31, 2014. The plan resulted in the termination of 232 employees. Employees were offered termination benefit packages, comprised of severance and medical insurance coverage, contingent on the employees working to the plant closure date or an earlier date at management’s discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2014, termination benefits of $1.7 million were recorded. As of December 31, 2014, termination benefits of $0.2 million were accrued and unpaid. In addition, Holdings incurred equipment relocation and installation and facility closing and integration costs of $10.8 million, recorded an additional impairment loss of $0.5 million to write down equipment to estimated net realizable value and recorded gains on sale of equipment of $0.4 million.

In addition, Holdings recorded: (i) severance of $0.7 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of cost reduction actions and business realignment, (ii) manufacturing footprint optimization costs of $0.5 million related to its filtration product line, (iii) residual closing costs of $0.1 million related to the closure of a China facility in 2013 and (iv) a gain on sale of equipment of $0.1 million associated with its now closed Mexican foundry operations.

2013 Activities

Holdings recorded severance costs of $2.4 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of cost reduction actions and business realignment within its filtration, vehicle electronics and fuel delivery systems product lines. Holdings recorded $0.1 million for lease termination and asset retirement obligation costs associated with distribution footprint optimization of the filtration product line.

Holdings approved, announced and completed a plan to close the manufacturing operations of one of its Chinese subsidiaries and relocate the manufacturing into one of its existing U.S. filtration facilities. The plan included workforce reductions, facility closures and operations consolidation. The plan impacted 61 employees in China, all of whom were terminated as of September 30, 2013. The manufacturing facility was leased and was returned to the landlord in July 2013. The majority of the equipment was relocated to existing U.S. facilities. Holdings recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million to write down certain equipment to estimated net realizable value, severance costs of $0.4 million and other closing costs of $0.1 million.

Holdings initiated a manufacturing footprint optimization plan for its fuel delivery systems product line (the full details of which are discussed above). As of December 31, 2013, 14 employees had been terminated and severance costs of $0.2 million had been recognized. In addition, Holdings incurred other costs related to the plan including professional fees of $1.6 million associated with the review of the manufacturing footprint optimization plan and asset relocation costs of $0.3 million.

In December 2013, Holdings approved and announced a plan to close one of its U.S. filtration facilities and transfer the manufacturing capacity, along with associated equipment, to one of Holdings existing U.S. facilities and one facility operated by FRAM Group, the automotive consumer products business of Autoparts Holdings (the full details of which are discussed above). As of December 31, 2013, estimated termination of $0.3 million had been accrued. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings recorded impairment charges of $1.8 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value.

As part of the plan to close and relocate excess foundry manufacturing capacity at its Mexican operation to China (discussed in further detail below), Holdings recorded an additional impairment charge of $0.3 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value and other closings costs of $0.1 million. In December 2013, the land, building and equipment was sold and a gain on sale of $0.1 million was recognized. A previously deferred curtailment gain of $0.4 million related to the Mexican subsidiary’s pension plan was recognized at the time the affected employees were terminated during 2013.

 

F- 13


Table of Contents

2012 Activities

Holdings recorded severance totaling $2.4 million related to involuntary terminations of employees as part of other cost reduction actions and business realignment.

Holdings approved and announced a plan to close and relocate excess foundry manufacturing capacity at its Mexican operation to China. The plan included workforce reductions, facility closures and operations consolidation. Holdings recorded an impairment charge of $2.0 million to write down land, building and equipment to estimated net realizable value and pension curtailment and settlement losses of $1.3 million related to headcount reductions. At the end of June 2013, the manufacturing operations were closed and the affected employees terminated.

Holdings approved and announced a plan to consolidate certain distribution facilities of the U.S. operations of Champion with Autoparts Holdings. This plan was completed during the fourth quarter of 2013. An owned facility was temporarily idled in the early part of 2013 to reconfigure the facility for additional manufacturing capacity. Holdings recognized a charge of $0.4 million related to distribution system software development costs with no future value and an asset impairment charge of $0.2 million to write down the carrying value of certain equipment to be idled with no alternative use.

Holdings recognized a gain of $0.4 million on the sale of a previously idled manufacturing facility.

Accrued Restructuring Reserves

The following table summarizes the activity in accrued restructuring reserves, including pension obligations and property, plant and equipment, during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in millions):

 

     Severance Costs     Asset
Impairments
    Pension
Curtailment and
Settlements
    Other     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1.3      $ —        $ 0.9      $ —        $ 2.2   

Charges

     3.3        2.6        (0.4     2.1        7.6   

Usage

     (3.2     (2.6     (0.5     (2.1     (8.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$ 1.4    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charges

  3.2      0.5      —        13.2      16.9   

Usage

  (4.4   (0.5   —        (13.2   (18.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ 0.2    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The severance, pension curtailment and settlements and other restructuring related accruals are included in the consolidated balance sheets in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The asset impairment reserve is included in property, plant and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Other primarily includes costs to review and execute manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization initiatives.

NOTE 3 — ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Beginning of period

   $ 2.6       $ 1.8       $ 1.3   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     0.3         1.4         0.8   

Accounts written off

     (0.5      (0.6      (0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 2.4    $ 2.6    $ 1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 14


Table of Contents

NOTE 4 — SALES OF RECEIVABLES

Holdings has factoring agreements arranged by seven customers with eight banks. Under these agreements, Holdings has the ability to sell undivided interests in certain of its receivables to the banks which in turn have the right to sell an undivided interest to a financial institution or other third party. Holdings enters into these relationships at its discretion as part of its overall customer agreements and cash management activities. Pursuant to these agreements, $425.5 million and $384.0 million of receivables were sold during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

If receivables had not been factored, $284.2 million and $261.1 million of additional receivables would have been outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Holdings retained no rights or interest, and has no obligations with respect to the sold receivables. Holdings does not service the receivables after the sales.

The sales of receivables were accounted for as a sale and were removed from the balance sheet at the time of the sales. The costs of the sales were discounts deducted by the factoring companies and accounted for as a loss on sale. These costs were $6.0 million, $5.7 million and $6.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These costs are recorded in miscellaneous, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

NOTE 5 — INVENTORIES

The components of inventories, net of allowances, were as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Raw materials

   $ 69.9       $ 63.9   

Work in process

     44.1         34.5   

Finished products

     116.9         104.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 230.9    $ 202.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in Holdings’ allowance for excess and obsolete inventory were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Beginning of period

   $ 9.3       $ 6.4       $ 2.0   

Charge to expense

     7.8         4.0         4.4   

Inventory written off

     (2.3      (1.7      (0.5

Other

     0.2         0.6         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 15.0    $ 9.3    $ 6.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 

          December 31,  
     Depreciable Life    2014      2013  

Land and improvements

   5-10 years      
   (for improvements)    $ 5.1       $ 5.8   

Buildings and improvements

   5-40 years      52.8         53.0   

Equipment

   3-15 years      218.5         189.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross property, plant and equipment

  276.4      248.7   

Less: accumulated depreciation

  (107.6   (79.9
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

$ 168.8    $ 168.8   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 15


Table of Contents

Included in equipment shown above are cumulative additions related to capital lease obligations of $0.6 million at both December 31, 2014 and 2013. The related accumulated amortization was $0.4 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Depreciation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $31.7 million, $28.4 million and $27.9 million, respectively.

Holdings’ asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) are recorded as liabilities with the associated asset retirement costs capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related buildings. The asset retirement costs are amortized over the useful lives of the buildings or terms of building leases. Changes in the ARO resulting from the passage of time are recognized as an increase in the carrying amount of the liability and as accretion expense. The liabilities for AROs were $1.2 million at both December 31, 2014 and 2013.

NOTE 7 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in goodwill were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Beginning of period

   $ 309.7       $ 309.1   

Foreign currency translation

     (1.6      0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 308.1    $ 309.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Holdings reviews the carrying amounts of goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31 or whenever events or conditions indicate that the net carrying amount may not be recoverable from estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If it is determined that the estimated net recoverable amount is less than the net carrying amount, a write-down to the asset’s fair value is recognized through a charge to earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Holdings conducted a discounted cash flow fair value assessment of its goodwill. Based upon the results of the annual impairment test as of December 31, 2014, it was determined that the fair value of Holdings exceeded the carrying value of its net assets by approximately 10%, therefore no impairment of goodwill was recorded.

The components of other intangible assets were as follows (in millions):

 

            December 31, 2014  
    Amortizable
Life
  Weighted Average
Remaining Life
  Cost     Impairment     Accumulated
Amortization
    Effect of Foreign
Currency
    Net  

Acquired intangibles assets

             

Customer relationships

  10 - 15 years   10 years   $ 283.6      $ —        $ (86.1   $ (1.1   $ 196.4   

Trademarks

  5 years   1 years     0.6        —          (0.5     —          0.1   

Trademarks

  Indefinite   Indefinite     149.0        (38.0     —          —          111.0   

Integrated software systems

  5 years   1 years     11.0        —          (8.1     —          2.9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 444.2    $ (38.0 $ (94.7 $ (1.1 $ 310.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            December 31, 2013  
    Amortizable
Life
  Weighted Average
Remaining Life
  Cost     Impairment     Accumulated
Amortization
    Foreign
Currency
    Net  

Acquired intangibles assets

             

Customer relationships

  10 - 15 years   10 years   $ 283.6      $ —        $ (64.4   $ (0.1   $ 219.1   

Trademarks

  5 years   2 years     0.6        —          (0.4     —          0.2   

Trademarks

  Indefinite   Indefinite     151.0        (2.0     —          —          149.0   

Integrated software systems

  5 years   2 years     11.0        —          (5.9     —          5.1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
$ 446.2    $ (2.0 $ (70.7 $ (0.1 $ 373.4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 16


Table of Contents

Holdings reviews the carrying amounts of intangible assets for impairment annually as of December 31 or whenever events or conditions indicate that their net carrying amounts may not be recoverable from estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If it is determined that the estimated net recoverable amount is less than the net carrying amount, a write-down to the asset’s fair value is recognized through a charge to earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Holdings recorded a trademark impairment loss of $38.0 million related to the indefinite-lived trademark intangible asset of its fuel delivery systems product line. A decision by a customer to change suppliers and a change by another customer from branded to private label products triggered the need to test the carrying value of this indefinite-lived intangible asset. A discounted cash flow calculation was performed reflecting the revised forecasted net sales information. This identified that the estimated recoverable amount was less than the carrying value. The annual impairment test as of December 31, 2014 did not result in any additional impairment of Holdings indefinite-lived intangible asset. For the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings conducted a discounted cash flow fair value assessment of its indefinite-lived trademark intangibles assets. The assessment indicated that the value of one of Holdings’ indefinite-lived trademarks had been impaired due to a decline in forecasted net sales. The resulting impairment loss of $2.0 million was recorded as of December 31, 2013. The impairment losses are included in the trademark impairment loss in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

The aggregate intangible amortization charged to the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) was $24.4 million, $24.4 million and $24.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The estimated amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets and the integrated software system for each of the succeeding five years is as follows (in millions):

 

     Acquired
Intangible
Assets
     Integrated
Software
Systems
 

2015

   $ 22.2       $ 2.2   

2016

     22.2         0.7   

2017

     22.1         —     

2018

     22.1         —     

2019

     22.1         —     

NOTE 8 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Rebates, credits and discounts due to customers

   $ 14.7       $ 13.8   

Insurance

     7.3         7.9   

Taxes payable

     6.2         9.4   

Bonuses

     5.5         5.5   

Vacation pay

     4.0         4.3   

Employee benefit plans

     3.1         3.7   

Salaries and wages

     2.5         3.2   

Other

     7.6         10.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 50.9    $ 58.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 — PRODUCT RETURNS LIABILITY

The product return liability is comprised of estimated accruals for parts to be returned under warranty and for parts to be returned because of customer excess quantities. Holdings provides warranties for its products’ performance. Warranty periods vary by part. In addition to returns under warranty, Holdings allows its customers to return quantities of parts that the customer determines to be in excess of its current needs. Customer rights to return excess quantities vary by customer and by product category. Generally, these returns are contractually limited to 3% to 5% of the customer’s purchases in the preceding year. While Holdings does not have a contractual obligation to accept excess quantity returns from all customers,

 

F- 17


Table of Contents

common practice for Holdings and the industry is to accept periodic returns of excess quantities from ongoing customers. If a customer elects to cease purchasing from Holdings and change to another vendor, it is industry practice for the new vendor, and not Holdings, to accept any inventory returns resulting from the vendor change and any subsequent inventory returns. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, product returns reserves of $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively, related to current customers were reduced due to contractual changes, increasing third party and total net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, product returns reserves of $1.2 million, $0.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively, related to former customers were reversed as they were no longer needed, increasing third party and total net sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Changes in Holdings’ product returns accrual were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Beginning of period

   $ 42.0       $ 46.0       $ 55.6   

Expenditures

     (40.6      (43.6      (44.9

Provisions, net

     36.2         39.6         35.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 37.6    $ 42.0    $ 46.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 10 — DEBT

Debt is summarized as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

   $ 20.0       $ —     

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

     288.0         291.0   

Senior Notes

     400.0         400.0   

Capital lease obligations

     0.2         0.3   

Economic development loan

     0.3         0.4   

Unamortized original issue discount

     (0.3      (0.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
  708.2      691.1   

Less:

Current maturities

  23.2      3.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

$ 685.0    $ 687.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 26, 2011, Holdings, as a guarantor and UCI International, Inc. as borrower, entered into a $375.0 million senior secured credit facilities agreement (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) comprised of a $300.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”) and a $75.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility”). At December 31, 2014, outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility were $20.0 million and letters of credit issued under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility totaled $6.5 million, which reduced the availability under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to $48.5 million. On February 27, 2015, Holdings borrowed an additional $10.0 million under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 2013, letters of credit issued under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility totaled $7.3 million, which reduced the availability under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to $67.7 million. At December 31, 2013, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

 

F- 18


Table of Contents

The following table provides an overview of the significant terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

 

Borrower:

    

UCI International, Inc.

Facilities:

    

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility: $75.0 million (letter of credit sublimit of $50.0 million)

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility: $300.0 million

Incremental Facility Amount:

    

$235.0 million of incremental term or revolving facilities

Guarantors:

    

Holdings and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries including, among others, UCI and certain of its domestic subsidiaries

Security:

    

First priority lien on substantially all tangible and intangible assets, as well as outstanding capital stock of UCI and certain of its domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the voting equity interests in certain domestic and first-tier foreign subsidiaries

Term (Maturity Date):

    

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility: 5 years – January 26, 2016

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility: 6.5 years – July 26, 2017

Interest:

    

•       In the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) which is subject to a floor of 1.5%, plus the applicable margin

 

•       In the case of Alternate Base Rate Loans, the greatest of (i) the agent’s prime rate in effect from time to time, (ii) the Federal Funds effective rate in effect from time to time plus  12 of 1% and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a three month interest period plus 1%, plus the applicable margin

Applicable Margin:    

    

Eurocurrency Rate Loans

4.0% per annum

    

Alternate Base Rate Loans

3.0% per annum

  

Fees:

    

Unused Revolving Credit Facility Commitment Fee: 1.125% per annum

 

Letter of Credit Fees: Outstanding Letter of Credit Fee: 4.0% per annum (rate equal to the applicable margin on Eurocurrency Rate Loans)

Amortization:

    

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility: None

 

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility: 1% per annum, paid quarterly, balance due July 26, 2017

Optional Prepayments:

    

Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts and break funding costs or pursuant to auction procedures set forth in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Mandatory Prepayments:

    

•       100% of net cash proceeds of asset sales (subject to certain exceptions)

 

•       100% of debt issuances not otherwise permitted by the Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 

•       50% of excess cash flow with step down to 25% if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.0x

Financial Covenants:

    

(i) Maximum Senior Secured Leverage Ratio; (ii) Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio; and (iii) Maximum Capital Expenditures

Negative Covenants:

    

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities include certain negative covenants restricting or limiting the ability of Holdings, the borrowers and their material subsidiaries to, among other things: declare dividends or redeem stock; repay certain debt; make loans or investments; guarantee or incur additional debt; incur liens; engage in acquisitions or other business combinations; sell assets; and change the business conducted by Holdings

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all applicable covenants. Under the mandatory prepayment provisions of the credit agreement, Holdings was not required to make a prepayment based on the excess cash flow calculation for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Holdings anticipates having sufficient cash flows from operations and through its factoring arrangements and availability under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility to be able to meet all obligations for the next twelve months. Holdings’ Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility matures on January 26, 2016. Prior to its expiration, Holdings expects to replace the facility with a similar type arrangement that has an extended maturity.

 

F- 19


Table of Contents

Senior Notes

On January 26, 2011, UCI International, Inc. issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.625% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 8.625% per annum, and interest is payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. Costs of $13.0 million related to the issuance of the Senior Notes were recorded as deferred financing costs, net in the consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the life of the Senior Notes.

On or after February 15, 2015, UCI International, Inc. has the option to redeem all or part of the Senior Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount):

 

Period

   Percentage  

2015

     104.313

2016

     102.156

2017 and thereafter

     100.000

Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, holders of the Senior Notes have the right to require UCI International, Inc. to repurchase all or any part of the Senior Notes at a purchase price equal to 101.000% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes is senior indebtedness of UCI International, Inc., is equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of UCI International, Inc. and is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of UCI International, Inc. The Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of UCI International, Inc. (including indebtedness of UCI International, Inc. outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that restrict the ability of Holdings and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional debt or issue disqualified and preferred stock, make certain payments including payment of dividends or redemption of stock, make certain investments, incur certain liens, sell assets, merge or consolidate with other entities, and enter into transactions with affiliates. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all covenants.

Capital Lease Obligations

Holdings has entered into various lease agreements including leases for computer equipment and vehicles that have been accounted for as capital leases. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings entered into equipment leases accounted for as capital leases. At the inception of the leases, the capitalized lease assets and capitalized leased obligations were less than $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the leases on certain vehicles were sold by one lessor to another lessor and new lease agreements were executed. Based upon the terms of these lease agreements, the leases no longer met the criteria for recording as a capital lease. As a result, the capital lease obligations of $0.4 million and the associated capital lease assets of $0.4 million were written off. A charge of less than $0.1 million was recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) as a result of this transaction.

Economic Development Loan

On September 17, 2012, Wells Manufacturing, L.P. (“Wells”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Holdings, entered into an economic development loan for $0.5 million with the Fond du Lac County Economic Development Corp. to assist with the expansion of the vehicle electronics facility in Fond du Lac, Wisconsin. This economic development loan has a five-year maturity with annual principal payments of $0.1 million and bears interest at 2.0% per annum. Both principal and interest payments are due annually on October 1, commencing October 1, 2013. The economic development loan contains a provision that in the event the vehicle electronics business meets and maintains certain employee headcount and wage requirements, measured on an annual basis, all or a portion of the principal and interest due will be forgiven. Wells met the requirements set forth above for both the first and second annual principal and interest payments and received debt forgiveness in the amount of $0.1 million each for the payments due October 1, 2014 and 2013. The debt forgiveness is recorded as a gain in miscellaneous, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F- 20


Table of Contents

Future Repayments

Below is a schedule of required future repayments of all debt outstanding on December 31, 2014 (in millions):

 

2015

$ 23.2   

2016

  3.2   

2017

  282.1   

2018

  —     

2019

  400.0   
  

 

 

 
$ 708.5   
  

 

 

 

Interest Expense, Net

The following table provides the detail of net interest expense for the respective periods (in millions). During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, $0.1 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of interest was capitalized.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Interest expense

        

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

   $  0.3       $ —         $  —     

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

     16.1         16.3         16.5   

Senior Notes

     34.5         34.5         34.5   

Other

     1.1         0.5         1.0   

Amortization

        

Debt issue costs

        

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

     1.2         1.1         1.1   

Senior Notes

     1.5         1.3         1.2   

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

     0.4         0.4         0.4   

Original issue discounts

     0.3         0.3         0.3   

Unrealized foreign exchange gains

     (4.9      —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

  50.5      54.4      55.0   

Interest income

  (0.1   (3.0   (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

$  50.4    $ 51.4    $  54.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In December 2013, Holdings established a $100.0 million, U.S. dollar-denominated, intercompany loan with one of its U.S. subsidiaries. The non-cash unrealized foreign exchange gains arose from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the New Zealand dollar. The intercompany loan is eliminated upon consolidation, but in accordance with GAAP the impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations is recorded in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F- 21


Table of Contents

NOTE 11 — INCOME TAXES

The components of (loss) income before income taxes were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

(Loss) income before income taxes

        

United States

   $ (88.9    $ (27.6    $ 16.0   

Non-U.S.

     28.0         12.4         6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (60.9 $ (15.2 $ 22.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Components of income tax (benefit) expense were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Current

        

United States

        

Federal

   $ (2.6    $ 1.3       $ (12.0

State

     (2.1      2.0         0.4   

Non-U.S.

     10.2         5.2         6.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  5.5      8.5      (5.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

United States

Federal

  (24.2   (8.3   13.3   

State

  (4.3   (2.4   (0.2

Non-U.S.

  (1.7   (0.8   —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  (30.2   (11.5   13.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (24.7 $ (3.0 $ 7.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the United States Federal statutory tax rate to income tax (benefit) expense follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (60.9    $ (15.2    $ 22.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense at U.S. Federal statutory rate

$ (21.3 $ (5.3 $ 7.7   

Federal income tax expense related to unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries

  3.6      4.4      1.7   

U.S. Federal and foreign withholding tax on dividend from non-U.S. subsidiary

  0.9      0.4      0.5   

Non-U.S. income not taxable, non-U.S. income tax losses not benefited and rate differential

  (1.2   (0.6   0.9   

Federal income taxes related to “check the box” election

  (0.7   (0.2   (0.3

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit

  (3.2   0.3      (2.5

Other

  (2.8   (2.0   (0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

$ (24.7 $ (3.0 $ 7.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 22


Table of Contents

Deferred taxes were attributable to the following (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets

     

Interest disallowance

   $ 23.1       $ 16.3   

Pension and post-retirement benefits

     19.6         19.9   

Pension liability adjustment included in other comprehensive loss

     18.8         3.3   

Product returns and warranty accruals

     14.1         15.5   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     11.0         7.7   

Inventory valuation

     6.0         3.7   

Other accrued liabilities

     3.2         4.7   

Tax credit carryforwards

     1.7         1.2   

Vacation accrual

     1.2         1.4   

Insurance accrual

     1.2         1.5   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     0.9         1.0   

Other

     0.7         0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 101.5    $ 77.1   

Less: valuation allowance for net operating loss carryforwards and

non-U.S. tax credit carryforwards

  (6.9   (5.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

  94.6      71.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

Acquired intangible assets

  (104.8   (125.5

Depreciation and amortization

  (15.7   (21.1

Goodwill amortization for tax, but not book

  (13.7   (10.3

Prepaid expenses

  (1.0   (1.0

Other

  (6.8   (6.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  (142.0   (163.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$ (47.4 $ (92.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net deferred tax liabilities were included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets

   $ 30.9       $ 30.3   

Deferred tax liabilities

     (78.3      (123.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

$ (47.4 $ (92.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, Holdings had $19.0 million of non-U.S. net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with no expiration date, $4.1 million of non-U.S. NOL carryforwards which expire between 2019 and 2022 and $0.3 million of foreign tax credit carryforwards which expire in 2023 and 2024. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets related to these carryforwards, Holdings determined that it is more likely than not that $5.1 million of the deferred tax assets related to these loss carryforwards and tax credits will not be realized. Therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded for these deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2014, Holdings had various state NOL carry forwards totaling $59.0 million which expire at various times. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets related to the state loss carryforwards, Holdings determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets related to $18.8 million of state loss carryforwards will not be realized. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $1.4 million has been recorded for these deferred tax assets.

 

F- 23


Table of Contents

Realization of the remaining net deferred tax assets is dependent on Holdings generating sufficient taxable income in future years to utilize the benefits of the reversals of temporary differences. Holdings has performed an assessment regarding the realizability of the remaining net deferred tax assets, which includes forecasting future taxable income, and has determined it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized.

Changes in Holdings’ valuation allowance for deferred tax assets were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Beginning of period

   $  5.9       $ 6.7       $ 5.0   

Provisions

     1.0         0.3         1.7   

Deductions

     —           (1.1      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 6.9    $ 5.9    $ 6.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, UCI’s Spanish subsidiary paid dividends of $7.6 million, $3.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively, to UCI. Due to the dividend distributions, Holdings provided income tax expense totaling $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to the U.S. tax consequences of the dividend distribution and the non-U.S. withholding taxes. Based upon a 2011 analysis that concluded that additional distributions are likely in the foreseeable future, during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Holdings provided deferred income taxes totaling $3.6 million, $4.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively, on the remaining unremitted earnings of the Spanish subsidiary. Holdings does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its other non U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, these undistributed earnings totaled $43.9 million and $25.2 million, respectively. Determination of the net amount of unrecognized U.S. income taxes with respect to these earnings is not practicable.

Uncertain Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax benefits follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Beginning of period

   $ 7.5       $ 7.8       $ 9.9   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     —           0.3         0.1   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (1.8      (0.2      (1.9

Reduction for lapse of applicable statutes of limitations

     (1.9      (0.4      (0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

$ 3.8    $ 7.5    $ 7.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, $3.8 million of the uncertain tax benefits, if recognized, would change Holdings’ effective tax rate. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings recorded $0.8 million as a credit to income tax expense and $0.2 million as income tax expense, respectively, related to uncertain tax benefits. No penalties related to the uncertain tax benefits have been recorded. At December 31, 2014, the total interest (net of federal benefit) and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax benefits were $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the total interest (net of federal benefit) and penalties accrued related to uncertain tax benefits were $1.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

While most of Holdings’ business is conducted within the United States, Holdings also conducts business in several other countries. As a result, Holdings and/or one or more of its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal tax jurisdiction and in many state and non U.S. tax jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, Holdings is subject to examination by tax authorities in these tax jurisdictions. With few exceptions, Holdings is not subject to examination by federal, state or non-U.S. tax authorities for tax years which ended on or before 2008. The Internal Revenue Service has finished with the audit of the periods ended December 31, 2009December 31, 2010January 26, 2011, and December 31, 2011, of which there are no material adjustments proposed. Other than these examinations and other routine inquiries, Holdings and its subsidiaries are not currently under examination by tax authorities.

 

F- 24


Table of Contents

Holdings expects the total unrecognized tax benefits to increase by $0.1 million in 2015 due to a foreign tax benefit, partially offset by the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. This amount will impact the effective tax rate.

New Regulations

During the third quarter of 2013, new U.S. tax regulations were issued concerning amounts paid to acquire, produce or improve tangible property and recovery of its basis upon disposition. Holdings has performed an initial evaluation of the impact of the proposed U.S. tax regulations and, based on this initial evaluation, Holdings adjusted its deferred taxes by $0.4 million in 2014.

NOTE 12 — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Holdings maintains defined benefit retirement plans covering certain U.S. and non-U.S. employees. Retiree benefits under the defined benefit retirement plans are generally based on years of service and employee compensation. The measurement date used to determine pension obligations is December 31. The following table sets forth the plans’ status (in millions.)

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 323.7       $ 283.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in projected benefit obligations:

Projected benefit obligations at beginning of year

$ 284.0    $ 326.6   

Service cost

  0.7      0.9   

Interest cost

  13.0      11.8   

Actuarial loss (gain)

  38.9      (42.6

Plan curtailment and settlements

  —        (0.4

Benefits paid

  (12.3   (12.3

Currency translation adjustment

  (0.1   —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligations at end of year

  324.2      284.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  235.0      219.9   

Actual return on plan assets

  15.6      23.9   

Employer contributions

  3.8      3.5   

Benefits paid

  (12.3   (12.3

Currency translation adjustment

  (0.2   —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan assets at end of year

  241.9      235.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status, net

$ (82.3 $ (49.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

“Other long-term assets”

$ 0.5    $ 0.6   

“Accrued expenses and other current liabilities”

  (0.1   —     

“Pension and other post-retirement liabilities”

  (82.7   (49.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (82.3 $ (49.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The $38.9 million net actuarial loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to a $19.9 million actuarial loss related to the decrease in the weighted average discount rate from 4.7% at December 31, 2013 to 4.2% at December 31, 2014 and a $18.8 million actuarial loss related to the change in mortality table. The $42.6 million net actuarial gain for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to the increase in the weighted average discount rate from 3.7% at December 31, 2012 to 4.7% at December 31, 2013.

 

F- 25


Table of Contents

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of (in millions):

 

     December 31,
2013
     2014 Additions      December 31,
2014
 

Net actuarial loss

   $ (6.8    $ (38.3    $ (45.1

Deferred income tax benefit

     2.6         14.6         17.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

$ (4.2 $ (23.7 $ (27.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,
2012
     2013 Additions      December 31,
2013
 

Net actuarial loss

   $ (61.9    $ 55.1       $ (6.8

Deferred income tax benefit

     23.6         (21.0      2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

$ (38.3 $ 34.1    $ (4.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss to profit or loss during 2015 is a loss of $2.2 million.

For certain of the pension plans, accumulated benefit obligations (“ABO”) exceed plan assets. For these plans, the combined projected benefit obligation, ABO and fair value of plan assets were $324.0 million, $323.8 million and $241.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and $283.7 million, $283.5 million and $234.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Holdings amortized pension costs of less than $0.1 million net of tax, $3.8 million ($2.3 million net of tax) and $0.5 million ($0.3 million net of tax), respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to the profit and loss component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

Components of Net Periodic Pension Expense

The components of net periodic pension expense were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Service cost

   $ 0.7       $ 0.9       $ 0.7   

Interest cost

     13.0         11.8         12.8   

Expected return on plan assets

     (15.0      (15.2      (15.6

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     —           3.8         0.5   

Curtailment and settlement (gains) losses recognized

     —           (0.4      1.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ (1.3 $ 0.9    $ (0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, a curtailment gain of $0.4 million was recognized related to the scheduled closure of one of Holdings’ Mexican facilities. The gain had been deferred until the affected employees were terminated. During 2013, the manufacturing operations were closed and the affected employees terminated, at which time the curtailment gain was recognized.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, a charge of $1.3 million was recorded for curtailment and settlement losses related to the scheduled closing of the manufacturing and distribution operations of one of Holdings’ Mexican subsidiaries. The losses recorded relate to Mexican government mandated severance plans of the Mexican subsidiary. These costs are included in restructuring costs, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F- 26


Table of Contents

Assumptions

The following assumptions were used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic pension expense:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Weighted Average:

      

Discount rate to determine benefit obligations

     4.2     4.7     3.7

Discount rate to determine net costs

     4.7     3.7     4.6

Rate of future compensation increases to determine benefit obligation

     4.5     4.5     4.5

Rate of future compensation increases to determine net cost

     4.5     4.5     3.2

Rate of return on plan assets to determine net cost

     7.4     7.6     7.8

The discount rate was determined considering current yield curves representing high quality, long-term fixed income instruments. The discount rate for the U.S. plans is based on a review of high quality (Aa or better) bonds from the Barclay’s Capital bond database.

Plan Assets

Holdings directs the investment of the plans’ assets with the objective of being able to meet current and future benefit payment needs while maximizing total investment returns within the constraints of a prudent level of portfolio risk and diversification. Holdings believes it is prudent to diversify among and within each asset class to decrease portfolio risk while, at the same time, improving the potential for enhanced long-term returns. Equity investments comprise the largest portion of the plan assets because they are believed to provide greater long-term returns than fixed income investments, although with greater short-term volatility. Additionally, Holdings believes that a meaningful allocation to non-U.S. equities will increase portfolio diversification and thereby decrease portfolio risk while, at the same time, providing the potential for enhanced long-term returns. With respect to fixed income investments, Holdings believes that the duration of the fixed income component should approximate the projected benefit obligation duration for better correlation of assets to liabilities.

Derivatives, options and futures are permitted investments but only for the purpose of reducing risk, not for speculative purposes. Currently, the use of derivative instruments is not significant when compared to the overall portfolio.

Holdings believes that investment managers with active mandates can reduce portfolio risk below market risk and potentially add value through security selection strategies. Consistent with this belief, Holdings retains the services of professional money managers to provide advice and recommendations to help Holdings discharge its fiduciary responsibilities in furtherance of the plans’ goals. With the services of professional money managers and the asset allocation targets discussed below, Holdings believes that the assumed expected long-term return on plan assets of 7.4% used to determine net pension cost will be achieved.

Holdings uses a Dynamic Asset Allocation (“DAA”) strategy for the allocation of plan assets. This strategy adjusts the asset allocation based on changes to the plan’s funded status (difference between plan assets and plan liabilities). With DAA the allocation to fixed income investments increases as the funded status of the plan improves up until the fixed income investments represent approximately 100% of the plan liabilities. However, Holdings realizes that actual allocations at any point will vary from this strategic target due to current and anticipated market conditions and required cash flows to and from the plans. The “Weighted Average Strategic Target” in the following table represents the weighted average of the aggregated Holdings’ plans. The “Permitted Range” anticipates the fluctuation in allocations and provides flexibility for the professional managers’ portfolios to vary around the target without a mandatory immediate rebalancing.

 

F- 27


Table of Contents
     Strategic Target     Permitted Range

U.S. equities

     50   45% to 55%

Non-U.S. equities

     20   15% to 25%

Fixed income

     20   15% to 40%

Real assets

     10   0% to 15%
  

 

 

   
  100
  

 

 

   

The fair value of the plan assets are presented below (in millions).

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —         $ 215.0       $ —         $ 215.0   

Real assets

     —           —           26.9         26.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ —      $ 215.0    $ 26.9    $ 241.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Fair
Value
 

U.S. equities

           

Large Cap Indexed

   $ —         $ 79.7       $ —         $ 79.7   

Small and Mid-Cap Growth

     —           7.6         —           7.6   

Small and Mid-Cap Value

     —           4.0         —           4.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. equities

  —        91.3      —        91.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-U.S. equities

  —        47.2      —        47.2   

Fixed income

Short & Mid Duration

  —        5.1      —        5.1   

Long Duration

  —        0.2      —        0.2   

Long Duration Indexed

  —        67.7      —        67.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed income

  —        73.0      —        73.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real assets

  —        —        23.5      23.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ —      $ 211.5    $ 23.5    $ 235.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in Level 3 investments are presented below (in millions):

 

January 1, 2014

$ 23.5   

Purchases

  0.4   

Net unrealized gains

  3.0   
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

$ 26.9   
  

 

 

 

On December 31, 2014, in anticipation of a change in the plan trustee effective January 1, 2015, all plan assets, except for the real assets, were converted to cash and cash equivalents. Subsequent to the plan trustee change, on January 2, 2015 all plan assets were reinvested based upon the DAA strategy presented above.

Under the DAA strategy the plan assets are primarily invested in pooled separate accounts, collectively the “Investment Funds.” The Investment Funds are managed by professional money managers. The following provides a summary of the investment styles of the respective Investment Funds.

 

F- 28


Table of Contents

Investment Funds

Growth Investment Funds – This investment style seeks long-term growth through equity appreciation. Large Cap Growth funds seek long-term appreciation through investment in large market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 1000, while the Small and Mid-Cap Growth funds invest in small and mid-market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 2000.

Value Investment Funds – This investment style seeks to identify equity securities that are perceived to be undervalued in the marketplace. Large Cap Value funds invest in large market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 1000, while the Small and Mid-Cap Value funds invest in small and mid-market capitalizations similar to companies in the Russell 2000.

Large Cap Indexed Funds – This investment style seeks to replicate the performance of the S&P 500 Index.

Non U.S. Equities Funds – This investment style uses multiple sub-advisors including core, value, growth and emerging markets strategies to provide a diversified exposure to non-U.S. equity markets.

Short & Mid Duration Fixed Income Funds – This investment style invests in a diversified portfolio of corporate securities and U.S. Treasuries and Agencies with shorter average durations. This investment style benchmarks against the Barclays Capital Aggregate Index.

Long Duration Fixed Income Funds – This investment style invests in a diversified portfolio of corporate securities and U.S. Treasury securities which have maturities greater than ten years. The asset allocation is weighted much heavier to U.S. investment grade corporate securities.

Long Duration Indexed Funds – This investment style seeks to track the return of the Barclay’s Capital Long Government / Credit Bond Index. This strategy invests in a diversified portfolio of corporate securities and U.S. Treasuries and Agencies which have maturities greater than ten years.

Investment Funds fair value measurements

The Investment Funds are valued using net asset values (“NAV”) as determined by the fund managers, which are based on the value of the underlying net assets of the funds. There are no unfunded commitments, restrictions on redemption frequency or advance notice periods required for redemption for any of the Investment Funds. The pension plans own undivided interests in the underlying assets of the Investment Funds where no quoted market prices exist. The NAV is based on observable market data and, therefore, the fair value measurements of the Investment Funds are considered Level 2 measurements.

Other Investments

Real assets – This fund invests the majority of assets in commercial real estate holdings. It focuses on properties that return both lease income and appreciation of the buildings’ marketable values. There are no unfunded commitments and redemptions may occur daily, but may be limited or delayed by a lack of liquidity in the fund. The fair value of the underlying assets is estimated using the NAV provided by the administrator of the fund. These fund assets are considered Level 3 measurements.

Cash and cash equivalents – This category consists of money market funds that are comprised of short-term securities. The fair value of the money market funds are based on the NAV as determined by the fund managers, which are based on the value of the underlying net assets of the funds. The NAV is based on observable market data and, therefore, the fair value measurements are considered Level 2 measurements.

 

F- 29


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Holdings’ funding policy is to fund amounts for pension plans sufficient to maintain minimum funding levels as required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Holdings expects to contribute $2.6 million to its plans during 2015.

Expected benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure Holdings’ benefit obligations at December 31, 2014 and include estimated future employee service. The future expected pension benefit payments are as follows (in millions):

 

     Expected
Pension Benefit
Payments
 

2015

   $ 13.1   

2016

     13.6   

2017

     14.2   

2018

     14.8   

2019

     15.4   

5 years thereafter

     88.0   

Profit Sharing and Defined Contribution Plans

Certain subsidiaries sponsor defined contribution plans under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible participants may elect to defer from 5% to 50% of eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For some plans, such subsidiaries are required to match employees’ contributions based on formulas which vary by plan. For the remaining plans, matching contributions are discretionary. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, matching contributions were $4.2 million, $2.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Holdings’ subsidiaries in China participate in government-sponsored defined contribution plans. Holdings’ subsidiary in the United Kingdom sponsors a defined contribution plan.

For the United States plans, profit sharing and defined contribution expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 totaled $2.0 million , $2.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively. For the Chinese plan, defined contribution pension expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. There was no expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Other Post-retirement Benefits (“OPEB”)

Certain subsidiaries provide health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees. The plans are partially funded by participant contributions and contain cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance.

The measurement date used to determine post-retirement obligations is December 31. The following table presents information for the post-retirement plans (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Change in benefit obligations

     

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 13.4       $ 14.9   

Service cost

     0.4         0.5   

Interest cost

     0.6         0.6   

Actuarial loss (gain)

     2.5         (2.1

Benefit paid

     (0.9      (0.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at end of year

$ 16.0    $ 13.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 30


Table of Contents

The obligation was included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

Obligation included in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities”

   $ 1.0       $ 0.7   

Obligation included in “Pension and other post-retirement liabilities”

     15.0         12.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 16.0    $ 13.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A portion of the $16.0 million and $13.4 million of accrued obligation shown above has not been recorded in the results of operations, but instead has been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss were $4.1 million ($2.5 million after tax) and $1.7 million ($1.1 million after tax) at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Holdings amortized post-retirement benefit costs of $0.1 million ($0.1 million net of tax), $0.3 million ($0.2 million net of tax), and $0.1 million (less than $0.1 million net of tax), respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the profit and loss component of the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Components of Net Periodic Post-retirement Benefit Costs

The components of net periodic post-retirement benefit cost were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Service cost

   $ 0.4       $ 0.5       $ 0.4   

Interest cost

     0.6         0.6         0.5   

Amortization of prior service costs

     0.1         0.1         —     

Amortization of unrecognized loss

     —           0.2         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1.1    $ 1.4    $ 1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assumptions

The following assumptions were used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic post-retirement plan expense:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Weighted average discount rate to determine benefit obligations

     4.2     4.7     3.8

Weighted average discount rate to determine net costs

     4.7     3.8     4.6

The annual health care cost trend rate used to determine the benefit obligations at December 31, 2014 is assumed to decline from 7.7% in 2015 to 4.5% in 2030. Increasing the assumed healthcare cost trend rates by one percentage point would result in additional annual costs of approximately $0.1 million. Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point would result in a decrease of approximately $0.1 million in annual costs. The effect on post-retirement benefit obligations at December 31, 2014 of a one percentage point increase would be $0.6 million. The effect of a one percentage point decrease would be $0.5 million.

 

F- 31


Table of Contents

Holdings funds medical and life insurance benefit costs principally on a pay-as-you-go basis. The pay-as-you-go expenditures for post-retirement benefits have not been material. The expected future post-retirement benefit payments are as follows (in millions):

 

     Expected
Post-retirement
Benefit Payments
 

2015

   $ 1.0   

2016

     0.9   

2017

     0.9   

2018

     0.9   

2019

     0.8   

5 years thereafter

     5.2   

NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The following is a schedule of the future minimum payments under operating leases that have non-cancelable lease terms (in millions):

 

     Minimum
Payments
 

2015

   $ 5.3   

2016

     4.3   

2017

     3.0   

2018

     1.3   

2019

     0.6   

Thereafter

     2.6   
  

 

 

 
$ 17.1   
  

 

 

 

These lease payments include the payment of certain taxes and other expenses. Rent expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $7.1 million, $6.9 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

Insurance Reserves

Holdings purchases insurance policies for workers’ compensation, automobile and product and general liability. These policies include high deductibles for which Holdings is responsible. These deductibles are estimated and recorded as expenses in the period incurred. Estimates of these expenses are updated each quarter and are adjusted accordingly. These estimates are subject to substantial uncertainty because of several factors that are difficult to predict, including actual claims experience, regulatory changes, litigation trends and changes in inflation. Estimated unpaid losses for which Holdings is responsible are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Holdings’ self-insured insurance reserves, including group medical insurance reserves, were $7.3 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Environmental

Holdings is subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites. UCI International or its predecessors have been identified as a potentially responsible party, or is otherwise currently responsible, for contamination at five sites, including a former facility in Edison, New Jersey (the “New Jersey Site”), and at a previously owned site in Solano County, California (the “California Site”). Both sites involve the investigation of chlorinated solvent contamination. On or about October 8, 2014, the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection issued a Response Action Outcome to Holdings, resulting in

 

F- 32


Table of Contents

the closure of the remediation site with no further action required by Holdings. Based on currently available information, management believes that the cost of the ultimate outcome of the environmental matters related to the California Site will not exceed the $0.9 million accrued at December 31, 2014 by a material amount, if at all. However, because all investigation and analysis has not yet been completed and due to inherent uncertainty in such environmental matters, it is possible that the ultimate outcome of this matter could have a material adverse effect on the results of operations for a single quarter.

In addition to the matters discussed above, UCI International or its predecessors have been named as a potentially responsible party at a third-party waste disposal site in Calvert City, Kentucky, a former manufacturing site and at an EPA Superfund site in Mayville, Wisconsin. On April 15, 2014, Holdings reached a settlement agreement for the Mayville, Wisconsin site for less than $0.1 million which was paid on April 16, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, UCI International had reserves of $0.1 million for settlement and remediation costs of the Calvert City, Kentucky and the former manufacturing site, the majority of which is anticipated to be spent in the next year.

As of December 31, 2014, environmental liability accruals of $0.4 million and $0.6 million are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2013, environmental liability accruals of $1.0 million and $0.5 million are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

Antitrust Litigation

Starting in 2008, UCI and Champion Laboratories, Inc. (“Champion”) were named as defendants in class actions on behalf of all persons that purchased aftermarket filters in the U.S. directly from the defendants, from 1999 to March 8, 2012. Others actions were putative class actions on behalf of all persons who acquired indirectly aftermarket filters manufactured and/or distributed by one or more of the defendants, from 1999 to March 8, 2012, (collectively, the “U.S. Actions”). Also in 2008, Champion, but not UCI, was named as a defendant in two separate complaints in Ontario and Quebec (the “Ontario Action” and the “Quebec Action”, respectively, and, collectively, the “Canadian Actions”). The complaints included allegations similar to those in the U.S. Actions, and were brought as putative class actions on behalf of all persons in Canada that purchased aftermarket filters directly or indirectly from the defendants.

U.S. Actions

On February 9, 2012, the parties announced that Champion and two other defendants had reached an agreement in principle with all plaintiffs to settle the U.S. Actions. During 2012, the settlement agreement was executed, approved by the court, paid and finalized. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Holdings incurred post-trial costs of $1.2 million. The settlement was accrued for as of December 31, 2011. These amounts are included in antitrust litigation costs in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Canadian Actions

On September 12, 2013, all defendants executed a settlement agreement with all plaintiffs in the Canadian Actions. The Ontario Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement with respect to the Ontario Action on October 3, 2013, which was recorded and paid by Champion to a trust account for the benefit of the settlement class members in the Canadian Actions during the year ended December 31, 2013. The settlement of the Ontario Action was approved by the court in January 2014. The settlement of the Quebec Action was approved by the court in April 2014.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, Holdings incurred post-trial costs of less than $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings recorded $0.1 million associated with the Canadian Actions settlement and incurred post-trial costs of $0.1 million related to the Canadian Actions. These amounts are included in antitrust litigation in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Value-added Tax Receivable

A wholly-owned Mexican subsidiary of Holdings had outstanding receivables denominated in Mexican pesos in the amount of $2.2 million from the Mexican Department of Finance and Public Credit related to refunds of Mexican value-added tax. In June 2013, the refund payment was received totaling $4.4 million (57.7 million Mexican pesos) including claims, interest and inflation of $2.0 million (25.5 million Mexican pesos), $1.8 million (23.3 million Mexican pesos) and $0.6 million (8.9 million Mexican pesos), respectively. The $1.8 million in interest and $0.6 million in inflation are included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

 

F- 33


Table of Contents

In addition, Holdings’ Mexican subsidiary received a letter dated April 9, 2013 giving notification that the tax court had agreed to refund claims totaling $0.3 million (3.7 million Mexican pesos). On April 25, 2013, a refund payment was received totaling $0.7 million (8.2 million Mexican pesos) including interest and inflation of $0.3 million (3.3 million Mexican pesos) and $0.1 million (1.2 million Mexican pesos), respectively. The $0.3 million in interest and $0.1 million in inflation are included in interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

A wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary of Holdings had outstanding duty and value-added tax claims denominated in Chinese yuan in the amount of $2.0 million (RMB 12.5 million) with the Chinese tax authority. The claims relate to the refund of duties and value-added tax for equipment purchases made in 2005 – 2007 for use in the production of product for export. Due to concerns about the collectability of the refunds, no receivable had been previously recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings recorded the collection of $1.9 million of the claims and recorded a receivable of $0.1 million for amounts still to be refunded. The $2.0 million of total claims has been recorded as income in miscellaneous, net in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). The receivable of $0.1 million is recorded in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.

Patent Litigation

Champion was named as a defendant in a complaint filed by Hengst of North America, Inc. (“Hengst”), on August 23, 2013 in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, Columbia Division, pursuant to which Hengst claimed that certain of Champion’s products infringed on a Hengst patent. On February 14, 2014, Champion and Hengst reached a settlement of this litigation. The settlement includes the payment of $2.2 million by Champion to Hengst, a license from Hengst to Champion of certain intellectual property in exchange for royalty payments, $0.8 million in rebates granted to Champion for future purchases by Champion of Hengst products and the dismissal with prejudice of this case. The $2.2 million settlement reserve was recorded as of December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Champion made scheduled payments of $1.4 million and the remainder of payments will be made in installments of $0.2 million on or before July 1 of each year 2015 through 2018. As of December 31, 2014, Champion had accrued liabilities of $0.8 million for the settlement. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Champion incurred post-settlement patent litigation costs of $0.2 million. These costs are included in patent litigation costs in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Product Recall

In January 2014, Holdings was notified by one of its customers that the customer was recalling certain defective parts manufactured by one of Holdings’ U.S. subsidiaries. On October 30, 2014, Holdings reached agreement with the customer for settlement and full release of claims associated with this recall. As of December 31, 2014, Holdings had a reserve of $0.6 million for the settlement of the recall in the consolidated balance sheet, which was originally recorded as of December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Holdings recalled certain defective products manufactured by its Chinese operations and distributed by its Spanish subsidiary. As of December 31, 2014, Holdings had paid $0.9 million (€0.8 million) of costs related to this matter and a remaining accrual of $0.1 million (€0.1 million) is recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2014, Holdings has filed claims totaling $0.9 million (€0.8 million) with its insurance carrier and received reimbursement for claims and product recall costs totaling $0.9 million (€0.7 million), including $0.2 million (€0.2 million) received during the year ended December 31, 2014, under its insurance coverage, which was recorded as a reduction in warranty expenses. No additional provisions for this matter were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Other Litigation

Holdings is subject to various other contingencies, including routine legal proceedings and claims arising out of the normal course of business. These proceedings primarily involve commercial claims, product liability claims, personal injury claims and workers’ compensation claims. The outcome of these lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty. Nevertheless, Holdings’ management believes that the outcome of any of these currently existing proceedings, even if determined adversely, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

F- 34


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Holdings has entered into agreements of indemnification for the benefit of the directors and officers of certain subsidiaries of Holdings, including UCI International, Inc. and the guarantors of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The immediate parent of Holdings is UCI Holdings (No.1) Limited and the ultimate controlling entity is UCI Holdings (No.2) Limited. The ultimate sole shareholder of Holdings is Mr. Graeme Hart.

In addition to the related party transactions discussed below, from time to time Holdings enters into other transactions with affiliates which are not material to Holdings or its affiliates.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings undertook a number of transactions with the following related party entities that are under the common ultimate control of Mr. Graeme Hart:

 

    Autoparts Holdings

 

    Rank Group Limited (“Rank Group”)

 

    Rank Group North America, Inc. (“Rank NA”)

 

    Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

The nature and amounts of the transactions entered into with these related parties are described further below.

 

     Transaction values     Balance outstanding as of  
     Year Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended              
     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,     December 31,  

In millions

   2014     2013     2012     2014     2013  

Related Party Receivables

          

Autoparts Holdings

          

Recharges of services (a)

   $ (5.6   $ 0.9      $ 19.9      $ (3.9   $ (2.3

Joint services agreement (b)

     9.0        5.6        2.6        1.3        0.4   

Sale of goods (c)

     51.3        67.9        56.4        23.6        20.0   

Asset (purchases) sales (c)

     0.5        (0.1     0.5        0.4        (0.1

Purchase of goods (c)

     (6.7     (1.8     (1.6     (3.9     (0.7

State income taxes (c)

     (0.3     (0.1     —          (0.3     (0.1

Rank NA

          

Sale of land and building (d)

     2.5        —          —          —          —     
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
  17.2      17.2   

Related Party Payables

Autoparts Holdings

Purchase of goods (c)

  0.8      1.2      2.4      0.7      0.4   

Rank Group

Recharges for professional services (e)

  1.7      —        0.1      1.7      —     

Reynolds Group Holdings Limited

Recharges of services (f)

  —        0.6      0.3      —        0.2   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
  2.4      0.6   

Long-Term Related Party Payables

Autoparts Holdings

Deferred income taxes (g)

  (0.3   0.4      —        0.1      0.4   

 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings incurred total credits of $5.6 million and incurred costs of $7.6 million, respectively, related to the implementation of the cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group and business optimization costs (mainly professional fees for various cost saving projects) and to accelerate the manufacture of parts for new model cars previously sourced from external vendors. The recharge of services is based on the level of services provided or specific costs incurred. The recharges of services in the table are for FRAM Group’s share of these credits and costs. The amounts are repaid in the normal course of business.

 

F- 35


Table of Contents
(b) On July 29, 2011, UCI International, Inc. entered into a Joint Services Agreement (“JSA”) with Autoparts Holdings. Under the agreement, UCI International, Inc. and Autoparts Holdings each agreed to purchase certain administrative services from the other party. The agreement had an initial term of one year that is automatically renewed for additional one-year periods unless either party gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal no later than ninety dates prior to the end of the renewal term. The JSA may be terminated without cause by either party upon 120 days’ advance written notice to the other party. The JSA may also be terminated for breach or termination of affiliation. The JSA contains representations, warranties and indemnity obligations customary for agreements of this type. At each anniversary to date, the JSA has automatically renewed for additional one-year periods. The costs billed out under the JSA are based upon the level of services provided. These amounts are repaid in the normal course of business.
(c) As a result of Holdings’ cost sharing and manufacturing arrangements with FRAM Group, certain FRAM Group production was relocated to UCI International filtration manufacturing locations and certain UCI International production was relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations. UCI International and FRAM Group continue to maintain their own customer relationships and continue to supply their existing customers. Where FRAM Group production has been relocated to UCI International filtration manufacturing locations, UCI International manufactures and supplies products to FRAM Group in order to meet its customers’ orders. Where UCI International production has been relocated to FRAM Group filtration manufacturing locations, FRAM Group manufactures and supplies products to UCI International in order to meet its customers’ orders. Product purchase orders are entered into by UCI International and FRAM Group on an arm’s-length basis to document the terms of the sale of products between the two related businesses. The related party sale of goods in the table above are included in related party net sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) and include a transfer-price markup of approximately 8%.

In addition, Champion has purchased certain materials and component parts from FRAM Group in order to manufacture products for FRAM Group.

As of December 31, 2014, Holdings had a net receivable from FRAM Group related to ongoing operations with FRAM Group for activity during the year ended December 31, 2014. These amounts are repaid in the normal course of business.

Beginning with tax year 2012, UCI International began filing combined state tax returns which included certain FRAM Group entities. In some states, UCI International paid state taxes on behalf of FRAM Group and in others utilized FRAM Group state NOLs as part of the filings. The net payable will be repaid in the normal course of business.

 

(d) Champion sold land and building with a net book value of $1.1 million to Rank NA for proceeds of $2.5 million. The excess proceeds over net book value of the assets sold to an entity under common control were recorded net of tax directly in equity.
(e) Rank Group incurred on behalf of Holdings third party professional fees and expenses, which were then charged to Holdings. These amounts will be repaid in the normal course of business.
(f) A subsidiary of Reynolds Group Holdings Limited billed UCI International, Inc. for rent and facility services costs. These amounts are repaid in the normal course of business.
(g) Beginning with tax year 2012, UCI International began filing combined state tax returns which included certain FRAM Group entities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings had a net payable due to FRAM Group related to unutilized FRAM Group state NOLs allocated to UCI International as part of the combined state tax returns filed by UCI International for the 2013 and 2012 tax years. These NOLs will be utilized on future combined state tax returns.

 

F- 36


Table of Contents

NOTE 15 — GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Net sales by region were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

United States

   $ 815.8       $ 820.7       $ 840.3   

Canada

     45.0         33.8         32.7   

Mexico

     44.1         37.5         22.2   

France

     14.2         13.5         11.7   

Germany

     14.2         10.1         8.9   

China

     13.1         12.7         8.5   

United Kingdom

     10.7         14.3         12.2   

Spain

     7.1         7.9         4.6   

Other

     45.6         45.4         43.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 1,009.8    $ 995.9    $ 984.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net long-lived assets by region were as follows (in millions):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  

United States

   $ 722.9       $ 791.4   

China

     50.5         49.5   

Spain

     17.2         20.5   

Mexico

     8.7         8.2   

Other

     0.9         1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
$ 800.2    $ 870.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 16 — FAIR VALUE ACCOUNTING

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements uses the term “inputs” to broadly refer to the assumptions used in estimating fair values. It distinguishes between (i) assumptions based on market data obtained from independent third party sources (“observable inputs”) and (ii) Holdings’ assumptions based on the best information available (“unobservable inputs”). The accounting guidance requires that fair value valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy consists of the three broad levels listed below. The highest priority is given to Level 1, and the lowest is given to Level 3.

Level 1 — Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 inputs that are either directly or indirectly observable

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs developed using Holdings’ estimates and assumptions, which reflect those that market participants would use when valuing an asset or liability

The determination of where an asset or liability falls in the hierarchy requires significant judgment.

 

F- 37


Table of Contents

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

During the year ended December 31, 2014, as part of the filtration manufacturing footprint optimization restructuring discussed in Note 2, certain assets were adjusted to their fair values. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Holdings recorded impairment losses related to the indefinite-lived intangible of its fuel delivery systems product line. See Note 7 for a more detailed discussion. During the year ended December 31, 2013, as part of the manufacturing and distribution footprint optimization restructuring discussed in Note 2, certain assets were adjusted to their fair values.

Commodity price risk management

Exposure to market risk for commodity prices can result in changes in the cost of production. When possible, this risk is mitigated through the use of long-term, fixed-price contracts with suppliers. On January 13, 2014, Holdings entered into a commodity-based derivative financial instrument to acquire 205,800 gallons of diesel fuel ratably during the period February 1, 2014 through January 31, 2015. In addition, on March 19, 2014April 2, 2014 and July 17, 2014, Holdings entered into commodity-based derivative financial instruments to acquire a total of 205,860 gallons of diesel fuel ratably during the period January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015. Holdings entered into the contracts to commercially hedge the cost of diesel fuel and did not enter into the contracts for speculative purposes. Holdings elected not to document and account for the contracts as effective hedges for accounting purposes, but rather as financial instruments. The cost of entering into the contracts was nil. Changes in the market values of the fuel hedge contracts are recognized as a component of cost of sales in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). During the year ended December 31, 2014, the unrealized losses on these contracts were $0.2 million.

Fair value of financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because the original maturity is less than 90 days.

Trade accounts receivable - The carrying amount of trade receivables approximates fair value because of their short outstanding terms.

Trade accounts payable - The carrying amount of trade payables approximates fair value because of their short outstanding terms.

Short-term borrowings - The carrying value of these borrowings equals fair value because their interest rates reflect current market rates.

Long-term debt – The fair value of the Senior Notes at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $377.1 million and $406.0 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of these notes was based on bid/ask prices, as reported by a third party bond pricing service. Due to the infrequency of trades of these notes, these inputs are considered to be Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $285.8 million and $291.0 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was based on the bid/ask prices, as reported by a third party bond pricing service. Due to the infrequency of trades, this input is considered to be a Level 2 input.

The fair value of the economic development loan was $0.3 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Since there is no ready market for this type of loan, discounted cash flows were used taking into consideration bond ratings and LIBOR futures. These inputs are considered to be Level 2 inputs.

The estimated fair values of the fuel contracts at December 31, 2014 were $0.2 million and the changes in the fair values were recorded as components of cost of sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The estimated fair values of the fuel contracts were based on information provided by an independent third party who participates in the trading market for financial instruments similar to the fuel contracts. Due to the infrequency of trades of similar financial instruments, this input is considered to be Level 2 input.

 

F- 38


Table of Contents

NOTE 17 — ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The tables below present the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component and the reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by Component (in millions) (a)

 

     Foreign Currency
Adjustment
     Pension and
OPEB Liability
     Total Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Loss
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ (4.7    $ (29.8    $ (34.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

  1.9      (11.4   (9.5

Amounts reclassified into earnings

  —        0.4      0.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

  1.9      (11.0   (9.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  (2.8   (40.8   (43.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

  1.3      33.0      34.3   

Amounts reclassified into earnings

  —        2.5      2.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive income

  1.3      35.5      36.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  (1.5   (5.3   (6.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

  (9.7   (25.2   (34.9

Amounts reclassified into earnings

  —        0.1      0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net current period other comprehensive loss

  (9.7   (25.1   (34.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$ (11.2 $ (30.4 $ (41.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) All amounts are net of tax.

Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 was as follows (in millions):

 

     Amount Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Loss
     Affected Line Item
in the Statement of
Comprehensive Loss

Pension and OPEB Liability

     

Amortization of unrecognized loss

   $ —         (a)

Amortization of prior service cost

     0.1       (a)
  

 

 

    
  0.1    Pre-tax

Tax effect

  —      Tax expense
  

 

 

    

Total reclassification for the period

$ 0.1    Net of tax
  

 

 

    

 

(a) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. See Note 12 for further information on the adjustments related to defined benefit plans.

 

F- 39


Table of Contents

NOTE 18 — MISCELLANEOUS, NET

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Costs associated with the sale of receivables

   $ 6.0       $ 5.7       $ 6.2   

Strategic review costs

     2.6         —           —     

Foreign currency exchange losses

     0.1         —           —     

Debt forgiveness

     (0.1      (0.1      —     

Value-added tax refunds

     —           (2.0      —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expense, net

$ 8.6    $ 3.6    $ 6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 19 — OTHER INFORMATION

Cash payments

Cash payments for interest and income taxes (net of refunds) were as follows (in millions):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013      2012  

Interest

   $ 52.2       $ 52.1       $ 52.5   

Income taxes (net of refunds)

   $ 2.5       $ 0.9       $ 7.7   

Non-U.S. cash

Holdings has its bank accounts with a relatively small number of high quality financial institutions. Substantially all of the cash and cash equivalents, including cash balances at non-U.S. subsidiaries, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were uninsured. Holdings’ non-U.S. subsidiaries had cash balances of $9.8 million and $16.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Holdings’ Spanish subsidiary and one of its Mexican subsidiaries distributed cash dividends of $7.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, to their U.S. parent companies. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Holdings’ Spanish subsidiary and one of its Mexican subsidiaries distributed cash dividends of $3.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, to their U.S. parent companies.

NOTE 20 — CONCENTRATION OF RISK

Holdings sells vehicle parts to a wide base of customers primarily in the automotive aftermarket. Holdings has outstanding receivables owed by these customers and to date has experienced no significant collection problems. For the year ended December 31, 2014, sales to three customers, AutoZone, Inc. (“AutoZone”), General Motors Company (“GM”) and Advance Stores Company, Inc. (“Advance”), accounted for 27.2%, 14.5% and 10.5% of total net sales, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, sales to two customers, AutoZone and GM, accounted for 29.2% and 10.1% of total net sales, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, sales to a single customer, AutoZone, accounted for 32.6% of total net sales. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the receivable balances from AutoZone were $115.1 million and $129.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the receivable balances from GM were $20.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the receivable balance from Advance was $14.3 million and $10.1 million, respectively.

 

F- 40


Table of Contents

NOTE 21 — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations. Holdings believes that all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been included (in millions).

 

     Quarter Ended
March 31, 2014
     Quarter Ended
June 30, 2014
     Quarter Ended
September 30, 2014
     Quarter Ended
December 31, 2014
 

Net sales

   $ 251.6       $ 251.5       $ 251.3       $ 255.4   

Gross profit

     32.7         39.5         32.2         34.2   

Net (loss) income

     (12.5      (25.6      2.6         (0.7
     Quarter Ended
March 31, 2013
     Quarter Ended
June 30, 2013
     Quarter Ended
September 30, 2013
     Quarter Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Net sales

   $ 245.8       $ 252.4       $ 252.1       $ 245.6   

Gross profit

     38.7         40.8         40.1         39.1   

Net income (loss)

     (5.1      1.7         (1.8      (7.0

Holdings’ quarterly results were affected by the gains and (losses) described in Notes 2, 7 and 13. Below is a summary of the gains and (losses). None of these gains and (losses) affected net sales or gross profit. The amounts below are after-tax amounts (in millions):

 

          Quarter Ended
March 31, 2014
     Quarter Ended
June 30, 2014
     Quarter Ended
September 30, 2014
     Quarter Ended
December 31, 2014
 

Note 2

   Restructuring costs    $ (2.6    $ (2.6    $ (3.6    $ (1.7

Note 7

   Trademark impairment loss      —           (23.5      —           —     
          Quarter Ended
March 31, 2013
     Quarter Ended
June 30, 2013
     Quarter Ended
September 30, 2013
     Quarter Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Note 2

   Restructuring costs    $ (0.2    $ (1.1    $ (0.5    $ (2.9

Note 7

   Trademark impairment loss      —           —           —           (1.2

Note 13

   Patent litigation costs      —           —           —           (1.4

Note 13

   Antitrust litigation costs      —           —           (0.1      —     

NOTE 22 — GUARANTOR AND NON-GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Certain of Holdings’ subsidiaries have guaranteed UCI International, Inc.’s obligations under the Senior Notes described in Note 10. Certain of Holdings’ subsidiaries have entered into guarantee and security arrangements in respect of UCI International, Inc.’s indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities described in Note 10.

The financial information that follows includes condensed financial statements for (a) Holdings, which is the parent of UCI International, Inc. and a guarantor of the Senior Notes, (b) UCI International, Inc., which is the issuer of the Senior Notes and borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, (c) certain of the U.S. subsidiaries, which guarantee the Senior Notes and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries), (d) the non-U.S. subsidiaries and certain U.S. subsidiaries which do not guarantee the Senior Notes and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries), and (e) consolidated Holdings. Also included are consolidating entries, which principally consist of eliminations of investments in consolidated subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions.

Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because their guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.

 

F- 41


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2014

(in thousands)

 

                  Parent                      
     UCI Holdings            Guarantor      Issuer            Non-  
     Limited            UCI Holdings      UCI     Guarantor      Guarantor  
     Consolidated      Eliminations     Limited      International     Subsidiaries      Subsidiaries  

Assets

               

Current assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 44,468       $ —        $ 75       $ 2,626      $ 31,945       $ 9,822   

Intercompany receivables - current

     —           (255,603     2,071         179,121        39,306         35,105   

Accounts receivable, net

     216,473         —          —           —          197,306         19,167   

Related party receivables

     17,208         —          —           —          17,208         —     

Inventories, net

     230,924         —          —           —          199,400         31,524   

Deferred tax assets

     30,901         —          —           1,466        27,649         1,786   

Other current assets

     19,926         —          4         2,163        10,590         7,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  559,900      (255,603   2,150      185,376      523,404      104,573   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  168,834      —        —        —        123,938      44,896   

Investment in subsidiaries

  —        (863,410   128,077      624,563      110,770      —     

Goodwill

  308,080      —        —        —        278,571      29,509   

Other intangible assets, net

  310,351      —        —        —        304,895      5,456   

Intercompany receivables non-current

  —        (100,005   100,000      —        5      —     

Deferred financing costs, net

  11,578      —        —        11,578      —        —     

Other long-term assets

  1,380      —        —        —        681      699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,360,123    $ (1,219,018 $ 230,227    $ 821,517    $ 1,342,264    $ 185,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 143,618    $ —      $ —        —        114,834      28,784   

Current maturities of long-term debt

  23,166      —        —        23,000      159      7   

Related party payables

  2,450      —        1,706      —        —        744   

Intercompany payables - current

  —        (255,603   —        3,160      220,709      31,734   

Product returns liability

  37,635      —        —        —        37,150      485   

Interest payable

  13,083      —        —        13,083      —        —     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  50,869      —        2,940      (6,753   47,668      7,014   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  270,821      (255,603   4,646      32,490      420,520      68,768   

Long-term debt, less current maturities

  684,998      —        —        684,679      301      18   

Long-term related party payables

  101      —        —        —        101      —     

Pension and other post-retirement liabilities

  97,720      —        —        —        96,906      814   

Deferred tax liabilities

  78,254      —        —        (23,729   98,185      3,798   

Intercompany payables - non-current

  —        (100,005   —        —        100,000      5   

Other long-term liabilities

  2,648      —        —        —        1,688      960   

Total shareholder’s equity (deficit)

  225,581      (863,410   225,581      128,077      624,563      110,770   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity (deficit)

$ 1,360,123    $ (1,219,018 $ 230,227    $ 821,517    $ 1,342,264    $ 185,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 42


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

                  Parent                      
     UCI Holdings            Guarantor      Issuer            Non-  
     Limited            UCI Holdings      UCI     Guarantor      Guarantor  
     Consolidated      Eliminations     Limited      International     Subsidiaries      Subsidiaries  

Assets

               

Current assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,619       $ —        $ 1       $ 3,026      $ 57,407       $ 16,185   

Intercompany receivables - current

     —           (237,446     —           191,260        25,594         20,592   

Accounts receivable, net

     221,872         —          —           —          203,577         18,295   

Related party receivables

     17,179         —          —           —          17,179         —     

Inventories, net

     202,412         —          —           —          173,253         29,159   

Deferred tax assets

     30,256         —          —           1,456        27,887         913   

Other current assets

     22,776         —          —           2,156        14,619         6,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

  571,114      (237,446   1      197,898      519,516      91,145   

Property, plant and equipment, net

  168,772      —        —        —        125,462      43,310   

Investment in subsidiaries

  —        (966,882   195,733      671,628      99,521      —     

Goodwill

  309,703      —        —        —        278,569      31,134   

Other intangible assets, net

  373,433      —        —        —        366,333      7,100   

Intercompany receivables non-current

  —        (105,071   100,066      —        5,005      —     

Deferred financing costs, net

  14,622      —        —        14,622      —        —     

Other long-term assets

  4,115      —        —        —        3,344      771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

$ 1,441,759    $ (1,309,399 $ 295,800    $ 884,148    $ 1,397,750    $ 173,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$ 152,052    $ —      $ —        —        119,775      32,277   

Current maturities of long-term debt

  3,176      —        —        3,000      176      —     

Related party payables

  587      —        17      —        191      379   

Intercompany payables - current

  —        (237,446   —        1,317      213,079      23,050   

Product returns liability

  42,031      —        —        —        41,758      273   

Interest payable

  13,081      —        —        13,081      —        —     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  58,665      —        1      800      51,773      6,091   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

  269,592      (237,446   18      18,198      426,752      62,070   

Long-term debt, less current maturities

  687,860      —        —        687,379      461      20   

Long-term related party payables

  361      —        —        —        361      —     

Pension and other post-retirement liabilities

  62,256      —        —        —        61,448      808   

Deferred tax liabilities

  122,983      —        —        (17,162   135,140      5,005   

Intercompany payables - non-current

  —        (105,071   —        —        100,066      5,005   

Other long-term liabilities

  2,925      —        —        —        1,894      1,031   

Total shareholder’s equity (deficit)

  295,782      (966,882   295,782      195,733      671,628      99,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity (deficit)

$ 1,441,759    $ (1,309,399 $ 295,800    $ 884,148    $ 1,397,750    $ 173,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F- 43


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2014

(in thousands)

 

                 Parent                    
     UCI Holdings           Guarantor     Issuer           Non-  
     Limited           UCI Holdings     UCI     Guarantor     Guarantor  
     Consolidated     Eliminations     Limited     International     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries  

Net sales

   $ 1,009,793      $ (166,566   $ —        $ —        $ 951,472      $ 224,887   

Cost of sales

     871,229        (166,566     —          —          845,516        192,279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  138,564      —        —        —        105,956      32,608   

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative

  (63,218   —        —        (696   (54,392   (8,130

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  (22,167   —        —        —        (21,237   (930

Restructuring costs, net

  (16,876   —        —        —        (16,762   (114

Trademark impairment loss

  (38,000   —        —        —        (38,000   —     

Patent litigation costs

  (158   —        —        —        (158   —     

Antitrust litigation costs

  (44   —        —        —        (44   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

  (1,899   —        —        (696   (24,637   23,434   

Other expense

Interest (expense) income, net

  (50,454   —        4,878      (55,398   (5   71   

Intercompany interest

  —        —        2,017      22,261      (24,104   (174

Miscellaneous, net

  (8,589   —        (2,216   (60   (6,330   17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (60,942   —        4,679      (33,893   (55,076   23,348   

Income tax benefit (expense)

  24,694      —        (2,470   13,302      20,717      (6,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  (36,248   —        2,209      (20,591   (34,359   16,493   

Equity (deficit) in earnings of subsidiaries

  —        39,830      (38,457   (17,866   16,493      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

$ (36,248 $ 39,830    $ (36,248 $ (38,457 $ (17,866 $ 16,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

$ (71,040 $ 120,622    $ (86,707 $ (68,494 $ (47,903 $ 11,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 44


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

                 Parent                    
     UCI Holdings           Guarantor     Issuer           Non-  
     Limited           UCI Holdings     UCI     Guarantor     Guarantor  
     Consolidated     Eliminations     Limited     International     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries  

Net sales

   $ 995,930      $ (125,055   $ —        $ —        $ 937,030      $ 183,955   

Cost of sales

     837,267        (125,055     —          —          797,514        164,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  158,663      —        —        —        139,516      19,147   

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative

  (84,655   —        —        (7,666   (67,628   (9,361

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  (22,176   —        —        —        (21,237   (939

Restructuring costs, net

  (7,593   —        —        —        (6,498   (1,095

Trademark impairment loss

  (2,000   —        —        —        (2,000   —     

Patent litigation costs

  (2,200   —        —        —        (2,200   —     

Antitrust litigation costs

  (198   —        —        —        (198   —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  39,841      —        —        (7,666   39,755      7,752   

Other expense

Interest (expense) income, net

  (51,453   —        36      (54,441   (13   2,965   

Intercompany interest

  —        —        66      22,273      (22,052   (287

Miscellaneous, net

  (3,623   —        (1   —        (5,613   1,991   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

  (15,235   —        101      (39,834   12,077      12,421   

Income tax benefit (expense)

  2,993      —        —        15,196      (8,504   (3,699
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  (12,242   —        101      (24,638   3,573      8,722   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  —        (8,674   (12,343   12,295      8,722      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

$ (12,242 $ (8,674 $ (12,242 $ (12,343 $ 12,295    $ 8,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

$ 24,621    $ (82,641 $ 23,406    $ 24,520    $ 49,158    $ 10,178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 45


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(in thousands)

 

                Parent                    
    UCI Holdings           Guarantor     Issuer           Non-  
    Limited           UCI Holdings     UCI     Guarantor     Guarantor  
    Consolidated     Eliminations     Limited     International     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries  

Net sales

  $ 984,497      $ (121,109   $ —        $ —        $ 936,993      $ 168,613   

Cost of sales

    775,238        (121,109     —          —          747,501        148,846   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  209,259      —        —        —        189,492      19,767   

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative

  (96,832   —        (3   (17,779   (69,861   (9,189

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  (22,165   —        —        —        (21,246   (919

Restructuring costs, net

  (5,877   —        —        —        (2,477   (3,400

Antitrust litigation costs

  (1,228   —        —        —        (1,228   —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

  83,157      —        (3   (17,779   94,680      6,259   

Other expense

Interest expense, net

  (54,765   —        —        (54,708   (55   (2

Intercompany interest

  —        —        —        22,397      (22,035   (362

Miscellaneous, net

  (6,188   —        1      —        (6,204   15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  22,204      —        (2   (50,090   66,386      5,910   

Income tax (expense) benefit

  (7,577   —        —        17,320      (18,771   (6,126
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  14,627      —        (2   (32,770   47,615      (216

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

  —        (61,812   14,629      47,399      (216   —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$ 14,627    $ (61,812 $ 14,627    $ 14,629    $ 47,399    $ (216
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

$ 5,472    $ (67,375 $ 27,298    $ 5,474    $ 38,244    $ 1,831   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 46


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2014

(in thousands)

 

     UCI Holdings
Limited
Consolidated
    Eliminations      Parent
Guarantor
UCI Holdings
Limited
     Issuer
UCI
International
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor

Subsidiaries
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (18,657   $ —         $ 74       $ (17,400   $ (6,245   $ 4,914   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

  (34,451   —        —        —        (28,348   (6,103

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  4,395      —        —        —        3,905      490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (30,056   —        —        —        (24,443   (5,613
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

Revolver borrowings

  30,000      —        —        30,000      —        —     

Revolver repayments

  (10,000   —        —        (10,000   —        —     

Debt repayments

  (3,070   —        —        (3,000   (59   (11

Excess proceeds over net book value of long-lived assets sold to an entity under common control

  839      —        —        —        839      —     

Intercompany dividends received (paid)

  —        —        —        —        9,446      (9,446

Change in intercompany indebtedness

  —        —        —        —        (5,000   5,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  17,769      —        —        17,000      5,226      (4,457

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  (1,207   —        —        —        —        (1,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  (32,151   —        74      (400   (25,462   (6,363

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  76,619      —        1      3,026      57,407      16,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 44,468    $ —      $ 75    $ 2,626    $ 31,945    $ 9,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 47


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2013

(in thousands)

 

                  Parent                     
     UCI Holdings            Guarantor      Issuer           Non-  
     Limited            UCI Holdings      UCI     Guarantor     Guarantor  
     Consolidated     Eliminations      Limited      International     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 39,865      $ —         $ —         $ (55,539   $ 81,993      $ 13,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

  (40,619   —        —        —        (33,077   (7,542

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  1,448      —        —        —        86      1,362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (39,171   —        —        —        (32,991   (6,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing actvities:

Debt repayments

  (3,089   —        —        (3,000   (88   (1

Intercompany dividend received (paid)

  —        —        —        —        5,374      (5,374

Change in intercompany indebtedness

  —        —        —        —        (1,802   1,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (3,089   —        —        (3,000   3,484      (3,573

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  97      —        —        —        —        97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  (2,298   —        —        (58,539   52,486      3,755   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  78,917      —        1      61,565      4,921      12,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 76,619    $ —      $ 1    $ 3,026    $ 57,407    $ 16,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 48


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2012

(in thousands)

 

                  Parent                    
     UCI Holdings            Guarantor     Issuer           Non-  
     Limited            UCI Holdings     UCI     Guarantor     Guarantor  
     Consolidated     Eliminations      Limited     International     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 51,842      $ —         $ (37   $ (24,688   $ 59,710      $ 16,857   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

  (36,786   —        —        —        (29,136   (7,650

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  1,968      —        —        —        576      1,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (34,818   —        —        —        (28,560   (6,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing actvities:

Issuances of debt

  500      —        —        —        500      —     

Debt repayments

  (6,552   —        —        (3,000   (376   (3,176

Equity contribution

  38      —        38      —        —        —     

Intercompany dividend received (paid)

  —        —        —        —        5,239      (5,239

Change in intercompany indebtedness

  —        —        —        89,237      (87,167   (2,070
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  (6,014   —        38      86,237      (81,804   (10,485

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

  210      —        —        —        —        210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  11,220      —        1      61,549      (50,654   324   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  67,697      —        —        16      55,575      12,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$ 78,917    $ —      $ 1    $ 61,565    $ 4,921    $ 12,430   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F- 49


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘20-F’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
2/15/19
7/26/17
12/15/16
1/26/16
12/31/15
Filed on:3/4/156-K,  IRANNOTICE
2/27/15
2/15/15
1/31/15
1/2/15
1/1/15
For Period end:12/31/14SD
12/15/14
10/30/14
10/8/14
10/1/14
9/30/14
7/31/14
7/17/14
6/30/14
4/16/14
4/15/14
4/2/14
3/31/14
3/19/14
2/14/14
2/1/14
1/13/14
1/1/14
12/31/1320-F,  SD
10/3/13
10/1/13
9/30/13
9/12/13
8/23/13
6/30/136-K
4/25/13
4/9/13
3/31/13
12/31/1220-F
9/17/12
3/26/1220-F,  6-K
3/21/12
3/15/12
3/8/12
2/9/12
1/1/12
12/31/1120-F
8/1/116-K
7/29/116-K
4/20/11F-4
2/25/11
1/26/11
1/25/11
1/11/11
1/5/11
1/1/11
12/31/10
11/29/10
11/26/10
10/25/10
9/23/10
12/31/09
11/6/07
12/20/06
3/8/06
1/1/97
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001193125-15-076879   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Tue., Apr. 16, 8:42:44.2am ET